The Project Gutenberg EBook of Adrift in the Ice-Fields, by Charles W. Hall

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org


Title: Adrift in the Ice-Fields

Author: Charles W. Hall

Release Date: May 25, 2007 [EBook #21607]

Language: English

Character set encoding: ASCII

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADRIFT IN THE ICE-FIELDS ***




Produced by David Clarke, Marcia Brooks and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
file was produced from images generously made available
by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)






[Illustration: ADRIFT. Page 162.]

ADRIFT IN THE ICE-FIELDS.

BY

CAPT. CHARLES W. HALL,
AUTHOR OF "THE GREAT BONANZA," ETC.

_ILLUSTRATED._

BOSTON:
LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.
NEW YORK:
CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM.
1877.




COPYRIGHT:
BY LEE AND SHEPHARD.
1877.




PREFACE.


To open to the youth of America a knowledge of some of the winter sports
of our neighbors of the maritime provinces, with their attendant
pleasures, perils, successes, and reverses, the following tale has been
written.

It does not claim to teach any great moral lesson, or even to be a guide
to the young sportsman; but the habits of all birds and animals treated
of here have been carefully studied, and, with the mode of their
capture, have been truthfully described.

It attempts to chronicle the adventures and misadventures of a party of
English gentlemen, during the early spring, while shooting sea-fowl on
the sea-ice by day, together with the stories with which they whiled
away the long evenings, each of which is intended to illustrate some
peculiar dialect or curious feature of the social life of our colonial
neighbors.

Later in the season the breaking up of the ice carries four hunters into
involuntary wandering, amid the vast ice-pack which in winter fills the
great Gulf of St. Lawrence. Their perils, the shifts to which they are
driven to procure shelter, food, fire, medicine, and other necessaries,
together with their devious drift and final rescue by a sealer, are used
to give interest to what is believed to be a reliable description of the
ice-fields of the Gulf, the habits of the seal, and life on board of a
sealing steamer.

It would seem that the world had been ransacked to provide stories of
adventure for the boys of America; but within the region between the
Straits of Canso and the shores of Hudson's Bay there still lie hundreds
of leagues of land never trodden by the white man's foot; and the
folk-lore and idiosyncrasies of the population of the Lower Provinces
are almost as unknown to us, their near neighbors.

The descendants of emigrants from Bretagne, Picardy, Normandy, and
Poitou, still retaining much of their ancient patois, costume, habits,
and superstitions; the hardy Gael, still ignorant of any but the
language of Ossian and his burr-tongued Lowland neighbors; the people of
each of Ireland's many counties, clinging still to feud, fun, and their
ancient Erse tongue, together with representatives from every English
shire, and the remnants of Indian tribes and Esquimaux hordes,--offer an
opportunity for study of the differences of race, full of picturesque
interest, and scarcely to be met with elsewhere.

The century which has with us almost realized the apostolic
announcement, "Old things are passed away; behold, all things have
become new," with them has witnessed little more than the birth,
existence, and death of so many generations, and the old feuds and
prejudices of race and religion, little softened by the lapse of time,
still remain with their appropriate developments, in the social life of
the scattered peoples of these northern shores.

Regretting that the will to depict those life-pictures has not been
better seconded by more skill in word-painting, the author lays down his
pen, hoping that the pencil of the artist will atone, in some degree,
for his own "many short-comings."




CONTENTS.


CHAPTER                                                   PAGE

I. OUR COMPANY                                               9

II. BUILDING THE ICE-HOUSES.--MATTHEW COLLINS'S
GHOST                                                       19

III. THE SILVER THAW.--A FOX HUNT.--ANTHONY
WORRELL'S DOG                                               55

IV. THE GRAND FLIGHT.--A GOOD STRATAGEM.--THE
PACKET LIGHT                                                75

V. A MAD SPORTSMAN.--SNOW-BLIND.--A NIGHT OF PERIL          95

VI. ADDITIONS TO THE PARTY.--AN INDIAN OUTFIT.--A
CONTESTED ELECTION                                         110

VII. A CHANGE IN THE WEATHER.--BREAKING UP OF
THE ICE.--JIM MOUNTAIN'S FIGHT WITH THE DEVIL              136

VIII. FLOAT-SHOOTING.--A GENERAL FIELD-DAY.--CHANGES
OF THE ICE                                                 148

IX. ADRIFT                                                 158

X. THE COUNCIL.--PASSING THE CAPE                          169

XI. TAKING AN INVENTORY.--SETTING UP THE STOVE             175

XII. DOCTORING UNDER DIFFICULTIES.--AN ANXIOUS
NIGHT.--FROZEN UP                                          187

XIII. THE CHAPEL BELL.--THE FIRST SEAL.--THE
NORTH CAPE.--A SNOW-SQUALL                                 199

XIV. THE PACK OPENS.--MYSTERIOUS MURMURS.--LOVE
SCENES AND SOUNDS                                          207

XV. A SAIL.--THE SEALING GROUNDS.--THE ESQUIMAUX
LAMP.--AN INDIAN LEGEND                                    220

XVI. THE BREEDING-GROUNDS OF THE SEAL.--A
CURIOUS SIGHT.--A SHARP ENCOUNTER.--ICE CHANGES            230

XVII. ENLARGING THE BOAT.--WINGED SCAVENGERS.--NOTICE
TO QUIT                                                    244

XVIII. A CHANGE OF BASE.--BUILDING A SNOW-HUT.--THE
VIEW FROM THE BERG.--A STRANGE MEETING                     254

XIX. THE RING.--THE BURIAL.--A MAUSOLEUM OF ICE            263

XX. A STRANGE LIFE-HISTORY.--AMONG THE RED INDIANS         271

XXI. NORTHWARD AGAIN.--THE STEAMER.--TAKING
TO THE BOAT                                                287

XXII. THE FORECASTLE OF THE SEALER.--A SEALER'S
STORY.--THE LAST HUNT.--ARRIVAL AT ST. JOHN'S              303

XXIII. THE CAPTAIN'S VISIT.--HOMEWARD BOUND.--BROTHER
AND SISTER                                                 313




ILLUSTRATIONS:


Adrift.

Map of Prince Edward Island and the Northumberland Straits.

Adrift in the Ice Fields.

Capt. Lund headed a Party to assist their Friends

Gie me my Guse, Mon, and dinna delay me

Well, George, you're here at last

And the next Second the glittering Teeth were about to close upon his
helpless Victim

On the Top of the Berg they felt repaid for the Fatigue of their Journey
and Ascent

Kneeling beside it, the Lad bowed his Head as if in silent Prayer

In His Hands La Salle Waved the Banner


[Illustration]


[Illustration: (map of Prince Edward Island and the Northumberland
Straits.)]


[Illustration: ADRIFT IN THE ICE FIELDS.]




CHAPTER I.

OUR COMPANY.


Five hundred miles away to the north and east lies the snug little
Island of St. Jean; a beautiful land in summer, with its red cliffs of
red sandstone and ruddy clay, surmounted by green fields, which stretch
away inland to small areas of the primeval forest, which once extended
unbroken from the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the waters of
the Straits of Northumberland.

Drear and desolate is it in winter, when the straits are filled with
ice, which, in the shape of floe, and berg, and pinnacle, pass in
ghostly procession to and fro, as the wind wafts them, or they feel the
diurnal impetus of the tides they cover, to escape in time from the
narrow limits of the pass, and lose themselves in the vast ice-barrier
that for five long months shuts out the havens of St. Jean from the open
sea.

No ship can enter the deserted ports, over whose icy covering the
farmer carries home his year's firing, and the young gallant presses his
horse to his greatest speed to beat a rival team, or carry his fair
companion to some scene of festivity twenty miles away. Many spend the
whole winter in idleness; and to all engaged in aught but professional
duties, the time hangs heavily for want of enjoyable out-of-door
employment. It is, therefore, a season of rejoicing to the cooped-up
sportsman when the middle of March arrives, attended, as is usually the
case, by the first lasting thaws, and the advent of a few flocks of wild
geese.

Among the wealthier sportsmen great preparations are made for a spring
campaign, which often lasts six or eight weeks. Decoys of wood,
sheet-iron, and canvas, boats for decoy-shooting and stealthy approach,
warm clothes, caps, and mittens of spotless white, powder by the keg,
caps and wads by the thousand, and shot by the bag, boots and moccasons
water and frost proof, and a vast variety of small stores for the inner
man, are among the necessaries provided, sometimes weeks in advance of
the coming of the few scattering flocks which form, as it were, the
skirmish line of the migrating hosts of the Canada goose.

It is usual for a small party to board with some farmer, as near as
possible to the shooting grounds, or rather ice, for not infrequently
the strong-winged foragers, who press so closely on the rearguard of the
retreating frost king, find nothing in the shape of open water; but
after leaving their comrades, dead and dying, amid the fatal decoys on
the frozen channels, sweep hastily southward before cold, fatigue,
hunger, and the wiles and weapons of man, can finish the deadly work so
thoroughly begun.

Such a party of six, in the spring of 186-, took up their quarters with
Captain Lund, a pilot, who held the larger portion of the arable land of
the little Island of St. Pierre, which lies three miles south of the
mouth of the harbor of C., and ends in two long and dangerous shoals,
known as the East and West Bars.

The party was composed of Messrs. Risk, Davies (younger and older),
Kennedy, Creamer, and La Salle. Mr. Henry Risk was an English gentleman,
of about fifty-five years of age, handsome, portly, and genial, a keen
sportsman, and sure shot with the long, single, English ducking-gun, to
which he stuck, despite of the jeers and remonstrances of the owners of
muzzle and breech-loading double barrels.

Davies the elder, an old friend of the foregoing, had for many years
been accustomed to leave his store and landed property to the care of
his partners and family, while, in company with Risk, he found in the
half-savage life and keen air of the ice-fields a bracing tonic, which
prepared them for the enervating cares of the rest of the year. The two
had little in common--Risk being a stanch Episcopalian, and Davies an
uncompromising Methodist. Risk, rather conservative, and his comrade a
ready liberal; but they both possessed the too rare quality of respect
for the opinions of others, and their occasional disputations never
degenerated into quarrels.

Ben Davies, a nephew of the foregoing, and also a merchant, was an
athletic young fellow, of about five feet eight, just entering upon his
twenty-second year. A proficient in all manly exercises, and a keen
sportsman, he entered into this new sport with all the enthusiasm of
youth, and his preparations for the spring campaign were on the most
liberal scale of design and expenditure. In these matters he relied
chiefly on the skill, experience, and judgment of his right-hand man and
shooting companion, Hughie Creamer.

Hughie was of Irish descent, and middle size, but compact, lithe, and
muscular, with a not unkindly face, which, however, showed but too
plainly the marks of habitual dissipation. A rigger by occupation, a
sailor and pilot at need, a skilful fisherman, and ready shot, with a
roving experience, which had given him a smattering of half a score of
the more common handicrafts, Hughie was an invaluable comrade on such a
quest, and as such had been hired by his young employer. It may be
added, that a more plausible liar never mixed the really interesting
facts of a changeable life with well-disguised fiction; and it may be
doubted if he always knew himself which part of some of his favorite
"yarns" were truths, and which were due, as a phrenologist would say,
"to language and imaginativeness large, insufficiently balanced by
conscientiousness."

Kennedy was a wiry little New Brunswicker, born just across the St.
Croix, but a thorough-going Yankee by education, business habits, and
naturalization. "A Brahmin among the Brahmins," he believed in the New
York Tribune, as the purest source of all uninspired wisdom; and
bitterly regretted that the manifold avocations of Horace Greeley had
thus far prevented that truly great man from enlightening his
fellow-countrymen on the habits and proper modes of capture of the
_Anser Canadiensis_. As, despite his attenuated and dry appearance,
there was a deal of real humor in his composition, Kennedy was
considered quite an addition to our little party.

La Salle was--Well, reader, you must judge for yourself of what he was,
by the succeeding chapters of this simple history, for he it is who
recalls from the past these faint pen-pictures of scenes and pleasures
never to be forgotten, although years have passed since their
occurrence, and the grave has already claimed two of the six,--Risk, the
robust English gentlemen, and Hughie, the cheery, ingenious adventurer.
It is not easy to draw a fair picture of one's self, even with the aid
of a mirror, and when one can readily note the ravages of time in
thinning locks and increasing wrinkles, it is hard to speak of the
robust health of youth without exaggeration. At that time, however, he
was about twenty-three, having dark hair and eyes, a medium stature,
and splendid health. Like Hughie, in a humbler sphere, he was a dabbler
in many things,--lawyer, novelist, poet, trader, inventor, what
not?--taking life easily, with no grand aspirations, and no disturbing
fears for the future. In the intervals of business he found a keen
delight in the half-savage life and wholly natural joys of the angler
and sportsman, and ever felt that to wander by river and mere, with rod
and gun, would enable him to draw from the breast of dear old Mother
Earth that rude but joyous physical strength, with the possession of
which it is a constant pleasure even to exist.

It was late at night when, by the light of the winter moon, the boats
and decoys were unloaded from the heavy sleds, and placed in position on
the various bars and feeding-grounds. The ice that season was of unusual
thickness, and gave promise of lasting for many weeks. As under the
guidance of Black Bill, they entered the farm-yard of his master, the
elder Lund, they found the rest of the family just entering the house,
and joining them, attacked, with voracious appetites, a coarse but ample
repast of bacon, potatoes, coarse bread, sweet butter, and strong black
tea. After this guns were prepared, ammunition and lunch got ready for
the coming morning, for, with the earliest gleam of the rising sun, they
were to commence the first short day of watching for the northward
coming hosts of heaven.

The exact manner in which the ingenious Mrs. Lund managed to accommodate
six sportsmen, besides her usual family of four girls, three boys, and a
hired man, within the limits of a low cottage of about nine small
apartments, has always been an unsolved mystery to all except members of
the household. To be sure, Risk and the elder Davies occupied a
luxurious couch of robes and blankets in the little parlor, and a huge
settle before the kitchen stove opened its alluring recesses to Ben and
his man Friday, while one of the elder sons and Black Bill shared with
Kennedy and La Salle the largest of the upper rooms. In later years, the
question of where the eight others slept, has attained a prominent place
among the unsolved mysteries of life; but at that time all were tired
enough to be content with knowing that they could sleep soundly, at all
events.

Few have ever passed from port to port of the great Gulf, without
meeting, or at least hearing, of "Captain Tom Lund," known as the most
skilful pilot on the coast.

  "Alike to him was tide or time,
  Moonless midnight or matin's prime."

And when his skill could not make a desired haven, or tide over a
threatened danger, the mariners of the Gulf deemed the case hopeless
indeed.

Every winter, however, the swift Princess lay in icy bonds, beside the
deserted wharves, and the veteran pilot went home to his farm, his
little house with its brood of children, his shaggy horses, Highland
cows, and long-bodied sheep, and became as earnest a farmer as if he had
never turned a vanishing furrow on the scarless bosom of the ocean.
Always pleasant, anxious to oblige, careful of the safety of his guests,
and with a seaman's love of the wonderful and marvellous, he played the
host to general satisfaction, and in the matter of charges set an
example of moderation such as is seldom imitated in this selfish and
mercenary world.

After supper, however, on this first evening, an unwonted cloud hung
over the brow of the host, which yielded not to the benign influence of
four cups of tea, and eatables in proportion; withstood the sedative
consolations of a meerschaum of the best "Navy," and scarcely gave way
when, with the two eldest of the party, he sat down to a steaming glass
of "something hot," whose "controlling spirit" was "materialized" from a
bottle labeled "Cabinet Brandy." After a sip or two, he hemmed twice, to
attract general attention, and said, solemnly,--

"It is nonsense, of course, to warn you, gents, of danger, when the ice
is so thick everywhere that you couldn't get in if you tried; but mark
my words, that something out of the common is going to happen this
spring, on this here island. I went over to the Pint, just now, after
you came into the yard, to look up one of the cows, and saw two men in
white walking up the track, just below the bank. I thought it must be
some of you coming up from the East Bar, but all of a sudden the men
vanished, and I was alone; and when I came into the yard, you were all
here! Now something of the kind almost always precedes a death among us,
and I shan't feel easy until your trip is safely over, and you are all
well and comfortable at home."

"Now, Lund," said the elder Davies, "you don't believe in any such
nonsense, do you?"

"Nonsense!" said Lund, quietly but gravely; "little Johnnie there, my
youngest boy, will tell you that he has often seen on the East Bar the
warning glare of the Packet Light, which often warns us of the approach
of a heavy storm. It is nearly thirty years since it first glowed from
the cabin windows of the doomed mail packet, but to all who dwell upon
this island its existence is beyond doubt. Few who have sailed the Gulf
as I have, but have seen the Fireship which haunts these waters, and
more than once I have steered to avoid an approaching light, and after
changing my course nearly eight pints, found the spectre light still
dead ahead. No, gentlemen, I shan't slight the warning. If you value
life, be careful; for if we get through the breaking up of the ice
without losing two men, I shall miss my guess."

"Come, Tom," said Risk, quickly, "don't depress the spirits of the
youngsters with such old-world superstitions. As you say, they couldn't
get through the ice now if they would, without cutting a hole; and when
the ice grows weak, will be time enough for you to worry. Take another
ruffle to your night-cap, Tom, and you youngsters had better get to bed,
and prepare to take to the ice at six o'clock, after a cup of hot coffee
and a lunch of sandwiches. Here's luck all round, gentlemen."

The toasts were drank by the three elderly men, and re-echoed by the
younger ones, who chose not to avail themselves of the proffered
stimulant, and then all sought repose in their allotted quarters.
Fifteen minutes later the house was in utter darkness and silence,
through which the varied breathings of sixteen adults and children would
have given ample opportunities for comparison to any waking auditor, had
such there been; but no one kept awake, and to all intents and purposes
"silence reigned supreme."

[Illustration]




CHAPTER II.

BUILDING THE ICE-HOUSES.--MATTHEW COLLINS'S GHOST.


At daybreak the gunners arose, and without disturbing the members of the
family, took some strong, hot coffee, prepared by the indefatigable
Creamer, and ate a breakfast, or rather lunch, of cold meats and bread
and butter, after which all proceeded to don their shooting costume,
which, being unlike that worn in any other sport, is worthy of
description here.

In ice-shooting, every color but pure white is totally inadmissible; for
the faintest shade of any other color shows black and prominent against
the spotless background of glittering ice-field and snow-covered cliffs.
Risk and his partner wore over their ordinary clothing long frocks of
white flannel, with white "havelocks" over their seal-skin caps, and
their gray, homespun pants were covered to the knee by seal-skin
Esquimaux boots--the best of all water-proof walking-gear for cold
weather. Risk carried the single ducking-piece before mentioned, but
Davies had a Blissett breech-loading double-barrel. They had chosen
their location to the north of the island, near a channel usually
opening early in the season, but now covered with ice that would have
borne the weight of an elephant. With much banter as to who should count
first blood, the party separated at the door; the younger Davies and
Creamer, with Kennedy and La Salle, plunging into the drifted fields to
the eastward, and in Indian file, trampling a track to be daily used
henceforward, until the snows should disappear forever. The two former
relied on over-frocks of strong cotton, and a kind of white night-caps,
while La Salle wore a heavy shooting-coat of white mole-skin, seal-skin
boots reaching to the knee, and armed with "crampets," or small iron
spikes, to prevent slipping, while a white cover slipped over his
Astrachan cap, completed his _outre_ costume. Kennedy, however, outshone
all others in the strangeness of his shooting apparel. Huge "arctics"
were strapped on his feet, from which seemed to spring, as from massive
roots, his small, thin form, clad in a scanty _robe de chambre_ of
cotton flannel, surmounted by a broad sou'wester, carefully covered by a
voluminous white pocket handkerchief. The general effect was that of a
gigantic mushroom carrying a heavy gun, and wearing a huge pair of blue
goggles.

La Salle alone of the four carried a huge single gun of number six
gauge, and carrying a quarter of a pound of heavy shot to tremendous
distances. The others used heavy muzzle-loading double-barrels. A brisk
walk of fifteen minutes brought them to the extremity of the island, and
from a low promontory they saw before them the Bay, and the East Bar,
the scene of their future labors.

Below them the Bar, marked by a low ridge, rising above the level of the
lower shallows,--for the tide was at ebb,--trended away nearly a league
into the spacious bay, covered everywhere with ice, level, smooth, and
glittering in the rising sun, save where, here and there, a huge white
hummock or lofty pinnacle, the fragments of some disintegrated berg,
drifted from Greenland or Labrador, rose along the Bar, where the early
winter gales had stranded them. Leaping down upon the ice-foot, the
party hastened to their respective stands, nearly a mile out on the
Bar--Davies being some four hundred yards from that of La Salle.

The "stand" of the former was a water-tight box of pine, painted white,
and about six feet square by four deep, which was quickly sunk into the
snow-covered ice to about half its depth; the snow and ice removed by
the shovel, being afterwards piled against the sides, beaten hard and
smooth, and finally cemented by the use of water, which in a few moments
froze the whole into the semblance of one of the thousands of hummocks,
which marked the presence of crusted snow-drifts on the level ice.

La Salle, however, had provided better for comfort and the vicissitudes
of sea-fowl shooting; occupying a broad, flat-bottomed boat, furnished
with steel-shod runners, and "half-decked" fore-and-aft, further
defended from the sea and spray by weather-boards, which left open a
small well, capable of seating four persons. Four movable boards,
fastened by metal hooks, raised the sides of the well to a height of
nearly three feet, and a fifth board over the top formed a complete
housing to the whole fabric. La Salle and Kennedy swung the boat until
her bow pointed due east, leaving her broadsides bearing north and
south; and then, excavating a deeper furrow in the hollow between two
hummocks, the boat was slid into her berth, and the broken masses of icy
snow piled against and over her, until nothing but her covering-board
was visible.

A huge pile of decoys stood near, of which about two dozen were of wood,
such as the Micmac Indian whittles out with his curved _waghon_, or
single-handed draw-knife, in the long winter evenings. He has little
cash to spend for paint, and less skill in its use, but scorches the
smooth, rounded blocks to the proper shade of grayish brown, and, with a
little lampblack and white lead, using his fore-finger in lieu of a
brush, manages to imitate the dusky head and neck with its snowy ring,
and the white feathers of breast and tail.

These rude imitations, with some more artistic ones, painted in profile
on sheet-iron shapes, of life-size, and a few cork-and-canvas
"floaters," were quickly placed in a long line heading to the wind,
which was north-west, and tailing down around the boat, the southernmost
"stools" being scarce half a gun-shot from the stands.

By the time these arrangements were completed it was nearly midday, and
the sky, so clear in the morning, had become clouded and threatening.
The chilly north-west breeze, which had made the shelter of their boats
very desirable, had died away, and a calm, broken only by variable puffs
of wind, succeeded.

"We shall have rain or snow to-night," remarked La Salle to Kennedy,
who, after a few moments of watching, had curled himself down in the dry
straw, and begun to peruse a copy of the Daily Tribune, his inseparable
companion.

"Yes, I dare say. Greeley says--"

What Greeley said was never known, for at that moment a distant sound
rung like a trumpet-call on the ear of La Salle, and amid the gathering
vapors of the leaden eastern sky, his quick eye marked the wedge-like
phalanx of the distant geese, whose leader had already marked the long
lines of decoys, which promised so much of needed rest and welcome
companionship, but concealed in their treacherous array nothing but
terror and death.

"There they are, Kennedy! Throw your everlasting paper down, and get
your gun ready. Put your ammunition where you can get at it quick; if
you want to reload. Ah, here comes the wind in good earnest!"

A gust of wind out of the north-east whistled across the floes, and the
next moment a thick snow-squall shut out the distant shores, the
lowering icebergs, the decoys of their friends, in fact, everything a
hundred yards away.

"Where are the geese?" asked Kennedy, as, with their backs to the wind,
the two peered eagerly into the impenetrable _pouderie_ to leeward.

"They were about two miles away, in line of that hummock, when the
squall set in. I'll try a call, and see if we can get an answer."

"Huk! huk!" There was a long silence, unbroken save by the whistle of
the blasts and the metallic rattle of the sleety snow:

"Ah-huk! ah-huk! ah--"

"There they are to windward. Down, close; keep cool, and fire at the
head of the flock, when I say fire!" said La Salle, hurriedly, for
scarce sixty yards to windward, with outstretched necks and widespread
pinions, headed by their huge and wary leader, the weary birds, eager to
alight, but apprehensive of unseen danger, swung round to the
south-west, and then, setting their wings, with confused cries, "scaled"
slowly up against the storm to the hindmost decoy.

"Hu-uk! hu-uk!" called La Salle, slowly and more softly.

"Huk! hu-uk!" answered the huge leader, not a score of yards away, and
scarce ten feet from the ice.

"Let them come until you see their eyes. Keep cool! aim at the leader!
Ready!--fire!"

Bang! bang! roared the heavy double-barrel, as the white snow-cloud was
lit up for an instant with the crimson tongues of levin-fire, and the
huge leader, with a broken wing, fell on the limp body of his dead mate.
Bang! growled the ponderous boat-gun, as it poured a sheet of deadly
flame into the very eyes of the startled rearguard.

A mingled and confused clamor followed, as the demoralized flock
disappeared in the direction of the next ice-house, from which, a few
seconds later, a double volley told that Davies and Creamer had been
passed, at close range, by the scattered and frightened birds.

La Salle reloaded, and then leaped upon the ice, and gave chase to the
gander, which he soon despatched, and returning, picked up Kennedy's
other bird, with three which lay where "the Baby" had hurled her four
ounces of "treble B's." Composing the dead bodies in the attitude of
rest among the other decoys, he returned to the boat, and for the first
time perceived that the geese were not the only bipeds which had
suffered in the late bombardment.

Leaning over the side-boards of the boat, the fastenings of which were
broken or unfastened, appeared Kennedy, apparently engaged in deep
meditation, for his head was bowed until the broad rim of his
preposterous head-covering effectually concealed his face from view.

"Here, Kennedy, both your birds are dead, and noble ones they are."

"I'm glad of it, for I'm nearly dead, too," came in a melancholy snuffle
from the successful shot, at whose feet La Salle for the first time
perceived a huge pool of blood.

"Good Heavens! are you hurt? Did your gun burst?" asked La Salle,
anxiously.

"No, I've nothin' but the nose-bleed and a broken shoulder, I reckon.
Braced my back against that board so as to get good aim, and I guess the
pesky gun was overloaded; and when she went off it felt like a horse had
kicked me in the face, and the wheel had run over my shoulder."

"Didn't you know better than to put your shoulder between the butt of a
gun like that and a half ton of ice?" asked La Salle. "Why, you've
broken two brass hooks, and knocked down all the ice-blocks on that
side. Can't I do anything to stop that bleeding? Lay down, face upward,
on the ice. Hold an icicle to the back of your neck."

"No, thank you; I guess it will soon stop of itself. A little while ago
I cut some directions for curing nose-bleed out of the Tribune, and I
guess they're in my pocket-book. Yes, here they are: 'Stuff the nostrils
with pulverized dried beef, or insert a small plug of cotton-wool,
moistened with brandy, and rolled in alum.' I'll carry some brandy and
alum the next time I go goose-shooting."

"Or provide a lunch of dried beef," laughed La Salle; "but you had
better keep your shoulder free after this, and you'll have no trouble.
There, the bleeding has stopped, and you'd better load up, while I clean
away this blood, and cover the boards with clean ice."

In a short time the marks of the disaster were removed, and the hunters
again took shelter from the increasing storm, which had set in harder
than ever. The snow, however, inconvenienced the friends but little, and
as Kennedy could not read, they talked over the cause of his little
accident.

"I had no idea that a gun could kick with such force. I shan't dare to
fire her again, if another flock puts in an appearance," said the
disabled goose-shooter.

"Had your shoulder been free, you would not have felt the recoil, which,
even in a heavy, well-made gun, is equal to the fall of a weight fifty
to sixty pounds from a height of one foot, and in overloaded or
defective guns, exceeds twice and even three times that. It is a wonder
that your shoulder was not broken, and a still greater wonder that you
killed your birds."

At this moment a hail came from the direction of the other boat, which
was answered by La Salle, and in a few moments, after several halloos
and replies, two human forms were seen through the scud, and Ben and
Creamer made their appearance, gun in hand. A brace of geese, held by
the necks, dangled by the side of the latter, and showed that their
shots had not been thrown away.

"This storm will last all night," said Davies, anxiously, "and we're
only an hour to sundown. Creamer, here, started a little while ago to
find out what you had shot. He lost his way, and was going right out to
sea past me, when I called to him, and I thought we had better try to
get ashore before it gets any darker."

"Does any one know in just what direction the Point lies?" asked
Creamer, with that "dazed" expression peculiar to persons who have been
"lost."

"Our boat lies nearly in a direct line east and west, and a line
intersecting her stem and stern will fall a few rods inside of the
island. We are about three quarters of a mile from the house, and by
counting thirteen hundred and twenty paces in that direction, we should
find ourselves near the shore, just below the house, if our course was
correct," said La Salle.

"Yes," said Creamer, "but no man can keep a straight line in a storm
like this, when one hummock looks just like another, and there isn't a
star to lay one's course by."

"I once saw in the Tribune," said Kennedy, eagerly, "a way to lay a
farm-line by poles stuck in the ground. It also recommended 'blazing'
trees in the woods for the same purpose."

"To blazes with yer poles and blazed trees, Mr. Kennedy, saving yer
presence; all the newspapers in Boston can't teach me anything in laying
a straight line where I can have or make marks that can be seen; but
there are no poles here, and we couldn't see them if we had them."

"Creamer, don't get so desperate. Kennedy has furnished the idea, and I
think I can get the party ashore without any trouble. Now let all get
ready to start, and I'll lay the course for the others."

In a few moments the decoys were stacked to prevent drifting, and the
boat covered so that no snow could penetrate. A pair of small oars were
first, however, removed, which were set upright at either extremity of
the boat, and in direct line with the keel.

"There is our proper direction," said La Salle. "Now, Creamer, take your
birds, gun, and one decoy, and align yourself with these oars when you
have counted one hundred paces. When you have done so, face about and
turn the beak of the decoy towards the boat. Now, Ben," continued he,
when this was done, "walk up within twenty yards of Creamer, and let me
align you; Kennedy will go with you, and, counting one hundred paces
beyond Creamer, will be aligned by you. You will then be relieved by me,
and placing yourself behind Kennedy, will direct Creamer to the right
position, when he has paced one hundred yards farther. At every other
hundred yards an iron decoy must be placed, pointing towards the boat."

The plan thus conceived was carried out until thirteen hundred paces had
been counted, when La Salle, begging all to keep their places, hurried
to the front. It was now nearly dark, and nothing but driving snow was
anywhere visible. Creamer was at the lead, but disconsolate and
terrified, having utterly lost his reckoning.

"We're astray, sir, completely," he said, hopelessly. "Mother of
Heaven!" he ejaculated, as a dim radiance shone through the scud a
little to their rear, "there's the 'Packet Light,' and we are lost men."

Buffeted by the heavy gusts and sharp sleet which froze on the face as
it fell, La Salle felt for a moment a thrill of the superstitious fear
which had overcome the usually stout nerves of his companion; but his
cooler nature reasserted itself, although he knew that no house stood in
the direction of the mysterious light, which seemed at times almost to
disappear, and then to shine with renewed radiance.

"There is nothing earthly about that thing, sir. Macquarrie's house is a
long piece from the shore, and Lund's is hidden by the woods. See; look
there, sir, for the love of Heaven!" and the stout sailor trembled like
a child as the light, describing a sharp curve, rose ten or twelve feet
higher into the air, where it seemed to oscillate violently for a few
seconds, and then to be at rest.

"Let us hail it, any way," said La Salle; "perhaps we have made some
house on the opposite shore."

"We haven't gone a mile, sir; and as for hailing _that_, sir, I'd as
soon speak the Flying Dutchman, and ask her captain aboard to dinner."

"Well, I'll try it, anyhow.--'Halloo! Light, ahoy!'" he shouted, placing
his hands so as to aid the sound against the wind, which blew across the
line of direction between them and the mysterious light. Again and again
the hail was repeated, but no answer followed.

"You may call until doomsday, but they who have lit that lamp will never
answer mortal hail again. They died thirty falls ago, amid frost and
falling snow, ay, and foaming breakers, on this very bar, and the men on
shore saw the light shiver, and swing, and disappear, as we saw it just
now."

"Well, I don't believe in that kind of light, and I, for one, am going
to see what it is. Now, don't move from your place, but watch the light,
and if you hear the report, or see the flash, of my gun, answer it once
with both barrels, counting three between the first and second shots. If
I fire a second time, call all hands and come ashore."

"Well, Master Charley, I wouldn't venture it for all on the face of the
earth; but we must do something, and the Lord be between ye and harm.
See, now," he added, in a lower tone, "you're a heretic, I know, the
Virgin pardon ye; but I'll say a Pater and two Aves, and if you never
come back--"

"There, there, Hughie, old fellow, don't go mad with your foolish fears.
Pray for yourself and us, if you please, for it is a terrible night, and
we may well stand in need of prayer; but do your duty like a man. Stand
in your place until I summon you, and then come, if a score of ghosts
stand in the way."

The next second Hughie stood alone, watching the tremulous radiance of
the mysterious beacon, which La Salle rapidly approached, not without
fear, it may be, but with a settled determination superior to the
weakness which he felt, for the danger, exposure, and settled fears of
his companion had almost transmitted their contagion to his own mind. As
he drew nearer, however, the apparition resolved itself into a large
reflecting lantern, suspended from a pole, in the hands of Captain Lund,
who had headed a party to assist their friends to find the shore. The
approach of our hero was not at first noticed, as he came up the bank a
little to the rear of the party.

"I'm sure, gentlemen, I don't know what to advise; and yet we can't let
them perish on the floes. We had better get the guns, and build a
bonfire on the cape below; perhaps they may see it; but it wasn't for
nothing that I saw those men the other night. Poor La Salle laughed at
it, but if he was here now--"

[Illustration: CAPT. LUND HEADED A PARTY TO ASSIST THEIR FRIENDS. Page
32.]

"He is here, captain, thanks to your lantern, although Hughie, who is
out on the ice yonder, shivering with fright and fear, vowed that it was
the 'Packet Light,' and would scarcely let me come to see what it was.
But this is no time to tell long stories; so I'll give the signal at
once."

Creamer, fearfully watching the luminous spot, saw suddenly beside a jet
of red flame, as the heavy gun roared the welcome signal that all was
well; and scarcely a half moment later a still heavier report called the
perplexed and wearied party to the shore, where they found themselves
but about ten minutes' walk from the house.

Half an hour later, the bustling housewife summoned them to the spacious
table, which was crowded with a profusion of smoking-hot viands, among
which two huge geese, roasted to a turn, attracted the attention of all.
Mr. Risk saw the inquiring looks of the others, and "rose to explain."

"Davies and I claim 'first blood,' as you see, having killed this pair,
which, early in the morning, flew in from the westward, and were just
lighting among our decoys, when we each dropped our bird. We came in
early, seeing the storm brewing, and, being warned by Indian Peter, we
escaped much inconvenience, if not danger, and were able to supply a
brace of hot geese for supper. We shall expect a similar contribution to
the general comfort from each party in rotation, in accordance with the
ancient usage of professors of our venerable and honorable mystery.

"Well, Lund," he continued, "the omen is not yet verified, although the
party was nearly lost, and would have been altogether, if Hughie here
had had his way, when he took your lantern for a ghost."

"Well, it does seem foolish, now that it is all over; but I have seen
the 'Packet Light' myself too often not to believe in it, and so I was
as simply frightened at the captain's lantern as the people of Loughrea
were at Matthew Collins's ghost."

La Salle noted the look of annoyance which clouded the usually placid
brow of their host, and hastened to allay the threatened storm. Rising
from his seat, he begged the attention of the company.

"As we are to spend our evenings together for some weeks, it seems to me
that it would not be a bad plan to require of each of our company, in
rotation, some tale of wonder or personal adventure. Hughie has just
referred to what must be an interesting and little known local legend of
his mother isle. I move that we adjourn to the kitchen, and pass an hour
in listening to it."

The proposition met with general favor, and rising, the company passed
into the unplastered kitchen, through whose thin walls and poorly
seasoned sashes came occasional little puffs of the furious wind, which
whistled and howled like a demon without. The gunners seated themselves
around the huge fireplace, in which a pile of dried gnarled roots
filled the room with light and warmth, and lighting pipe or cigar, as
fancy dictated, gave a respectful attention to the promised story.

As will be gathered from the preceding conversation, Creamer spoke
excellent English, but as is often the case when excited, he lapsed at
times into a rich brogue. This he did to a considerable degree in
relating what he was pleased to call the story of


MATTHEW COLLINS'S GHOST.

"I was only a babe in arms when my father crossed the ocean to settle
down on the Fane estate as one of the number of settlers, called for by
the terms of the original grant. His father was a _warm_ houlder in
Errigle-Trough, and had my father been patient and industhrious, he
would in a few years have rinted as good an hundhred acres as there was
in that section. But the agent tould of land at a shillin' an acre, with
wood in plenty, and trees that grew sugar, and game and fish for every
one, and my father thought that he was provided for for life, when, with
his lease in his pocket and a free passage, he stepped on board the ould
ship that bore us to this little island.

"He wasn't far wrong, for he died when I was fifteen, worn out with
clearin' woodland, and working all winter in the deep snow at lumbering,
to keep us in bread and herrin'. He was a disappointed, worn-out old man
at forty, and it was only when he told of the good old times of his
youth that I ever seen him smile at all, at all.

"Matthew Collins was a well-to-do farmer of the neighboring parish of
Errigle-Keeran, and had a snug cottage and barn, with a good team of
plough-horses, a cow, two goats, and a pig, beside poulthry enough to
keep him in egg-milk, and even an occasional fowl or two on a birthday,
or holy feast. He married Katty Bane, one of the prettiest girls and
greatest coquettes in the whole parish. She, however, made him a good
wife and careful manager, until the events of my sthory.

"One day, late in the fall, Matthew harnessed his horses in a
hay-riggin', and drove off to the bog, five miles away, to haul in his
winter's firin'. He wrought all day, getting the dried turfs into a
pile, and had just half loaded his team, when a stranger, decently
dressed, came up to him, and asked if his name was Matthew Collins.

"'That, indeed, is the name that's on me,' said Matthew; 'and what might
you be wantin' of me?'

"'I've sorrowful news for you, Mat,' said the stranger. 'Your sister
Rose, that married my poor cousin Tim Mulloy, beyant the mountains, is
dead, and I'm sint to bid ye to the berryin' to-morrow.'

"For a few moments Matthew gave way to a natural feeling of grief at the
loss of his sister; but he soon bethought himself that he was five miles
from home, and that a circuitous road of at least twenty miles lay
between his house and the parish of his sister's husband.

"'I can never do it, that's certain,' said he to the stranger. 'It's
five miles home, and there's changin' my clothes, and a twenty-mile
drive over a road that it's timptin' Providence to attimpt in the dark.'

"'It's a great bother, intirely," said the stranger, reflectively.
'Musha! I have it. Take my clothes, and take the short cut across the
Devil's Nose. In three hours you'll be at the wake, and I'll dhrive the
team home and tell the good woman, and be round with a saddle-horse
before mornin'.'

"'Faith it's yourself that's the dacent thing, any how; and I'm sorry
that I can't be at home to thrate you with a bottle of the rale poteen.
Never mind; tell Nancy it's in the thatch above the dure; and you're
welcome to it all the same as if I were there myself.'

"'We won't part without a glass, any how,' said the stranger,
laughingly. 'I've a pint bottle of the rale stuff, and some boiled eggs,
and we'll soon have a couple of the shells emptied, in the shake of a
lamb's tail, and thin we'll change clothes and dhrink to your safe
journey.'

"Accordingly the two exchanged clothes, and sat for half an hour, while
the stranger described the last illness of the deceased, and the respect
shown her memory by the people of her parish.

"'Divil a whole head will be left in the parish, if they dhrink all the
whiskey; and there's stacks of pipes, and lashin's of tobacky, with tay
and cakes, and the house in a blaze with mould candles. Is the road azy
to find?' continued he. 'For I'm goin', mylone, where I never was
afore.'

"'It's as plain as a pikestaff to the very door. Only take tent of the
bridge at the slough, two miles beyant; for there's a broken balk that
may upset ye.'

"'I'll warrant I'll look out for that. Have one more noggin. _Here's a
safe journey and a dacint berrin' to us both._'

"With this rather Irish toast, the two separated, Matthew seeing the
stranger safe off the moss, and then commencing his short but fatiguing
journey over the narrow mountain path which lay between him and his
destination.

"Long before sunset, the careful Katty had had the delph teapot
simmering among the hot peat ashes; and the well-browned bacon and mealy
potatoes, carefully covered to retain the heat, only awaited the return
of 'the master' from the distant bog. They had no children; but Andy,
Katty's brother (a _gossoon_ of thirteen), eyed the simple supper
anxiously, going from time to time to the door to see if he could see
the well-known gray horses coming by the old buckthorn, where the little
lane joined the main road.

"The sunset, the night, came on, and Katty became hungry and out of
temper.

"'Andy, _alannah_,' said she, 'run to the hill beyant, and try can you
see aught of the masther; for I'm tired wid the day's spinnin', and
hungry, and wake.'

"The boy went, but returned, saying that no team was in sight.

"'Thin, Andy, jewel, we'll have our supper anyhow; for the tay'll be
black wid thrawin', and the bacon and praties spilt intirely.'

"Accordingly the two sat down and finished their evening meal, expecting
every moment to hear the cheery voice of Matthew as he urged his
_garrons_ with their heavy load up the steep lane beside the cottage.

"About nine o'clock, the wife became alarmed, and with Andy went to a
neighbor's. Tim O'Connell, the village blacksmith, had just fallen
asleep after a hard day's work, and woke in no very amiable frame of
mind as Katty rapped at the door.

"'Who's there at all at this time of night?' said he, gruffly.

"'Only meself, Katty Collins, and Andy,' said Katty, rather dolorously,
for she was now thoroughly alarmed.

"'Alice, _colleen_, up and unbar the dure. Come in, neighbor, and tell
us what is the matther at all.'

"'O, Tim! Matthew's been gone all day to the bog, and isn't home yet.
Could ye go wid the lad down the road, and see if anything has happened
to himself or the bastes, the craters?'

"It was not like Tim O'Connell to refuse, and, calling his assistant in
the forge, young Larry Callaghan, he lighted a tallow candle, which he
placed in a battered tin lantern, and hastened out on his neighborly
errand, while Katty was easily persuaded by Mrs. O'Connell to 'stay by
the fire' until the men returned.

"The party saw nothing of the team or its owner until the dangerous road
led into a narrow but deep ravine, at whose bottom an ill-made causeway
led across a dangerous slough.

"'Holy Virgin, boys, but he's been upset! There's the cart across the
road, and one of the bastes in the wather; but where's the masther at
all? Come on, b'ys; we'll thry and save the _garrons_ any way.'

"They found the cart upset as described, and one of the horses exhausted
with struggling under the pole. The other, saved only from drowning by
the fact that its collar had held its head against the bank, had
evidently kicked and splashed until the water was thick with the black
muck stirred up from the bottom.

"It was only the work of a few moments to free the horse in the road,
and then the three proceeded to unloose the other, and draw him to a
less steep part of the embankment, where, making a sudden effort, with a
mighty plunge, he gained the road, and stood trembling and shaking
beside his companion.

"'Well done, our side,' said Tim, exultingly. 'Now for the masther.
They've run away I doubt, and he's.--What's the matter with you, Andy,
at all? What do you see? Mother of Heaven! it's himself, sure enough!'

"Tossed up from the shallows by the convulsive plunge of the steed,
whose heavy hoofs, in his first mad struggles, had beaten the head out
of all shape of humanity, in the narrow lane of light cast through the
door of the open lantern, lay the dead farmer, with his worn frieze coat
torn and blackened, and his black hair knotted with pond weeds, and
clotted with gore.

"It was scarce an hour later that the emptied cart, slowly drawn by its
exhausted span, bore to the little cottage a dead body, amid the wails
of scores of the simple peasants, and the hysterical and passionate
grief of the bereaved wife. It was with the greatest difficulty that she
was induced to refrain from looking at the dead body; although so
terribly was it mangled that the coroner's jury performed their duties
with the greatest reluctance, and the obsequies were ordered for the
very next day.

"The body was accordingly placed in a coffin, above which deals,
supported on trestles, and covered by white sheets, bore candles, plates
of cut tobacco, pipes, and whiskey. Although but little of the night
remained after the coroner had performed his duties, yet so quickly did
the news of the accident spread that hundreds of the neighbors came in
before morning 'to the wake of poor Matthew! God rest his sowl.'

"The following evening, an unusually large procession followed the
remains to their last resting-place. Nothing could have been more
heart-broken than the bearing of the widow. Tears, sobs, and cries
proclaimed her anguish incessantly, notwithstanding the attempts of
friends to assuage her sorrow.

"As they drew near the graveyard, one Lanty Casey, an old flame of
Katty's, tried to comfort her in his rough way.

"'Katty, _avourneen_, don't cry so, _avillish_. There's may be happiness
for you yet, and there's them left that will love ye as well as him
that's gone--if they'd be let.'

"Lanty was a noted lad at fair and pattern, but he got a box on the ear
that made his head ring until the body was safely deposited in the
grave.

"'Who are ye that talks love to a broken-hearted woman at the very
grave? O, Matthew, Matthew, that I should live to see this day! _Ochone,
ochone!_ are you dead? are you dead?'

"On her way home to her solitary hearth, Katty saw ahead of her the
hapless Lanty, and hastened to overtake him.

"'Lanty, _avick_," said she, sweetly, 'what were you saying there
beyant, a while agone?'

"'What I'm not likely to say again. I'm not fond of such ansthers as ye
gev me; an' if ye don't know when you're well off--'

"'There, there, Lanty, dear; I'm sorry for that same, but what wud the
people say, an' my husband not berrid? But I mustn't be seen talkin'
more wid you. I'll be alone to-night when the _gossoon_ is asleep, and
ye can dhrap in, and tell me what ye like, av ye plaze.'

"At about ten o'clock that night, the Rev. Patrick Mulcahy, while
talking over the funeral, and the sad events which had led to it, was
asked for by the young lad, Katty's brother.

"'Well, Andy, lad, what's wanting now? Is your sister feeling better,
_avick_?'

"'Yes, sir; and she sint me, your riverence, to see wud ye come down and
marry her to Lanty Casey the night.'

"'Are your wits gone _ashaughran_, ye _gomeral_? Or is Katty run mad
altogether?'

"'It's just as I say, your riverence; and she says she'll pay you a
pound English for that same.'

"'And I say that if I go down there to-night, that I'll take my whip
with me to the shameless hussy. The Jezabel, and she nearly dyin' with
grief this evening.'

"'An' you won't marry them, sir?'

"A staggering box on the ear with a heavy slipper flung from across the
room sent the unfortunate messenger whimpering out of the door; while
the priest, honest man, stormed up and down the room until the
housekeeper entered with a waiter, on which were arrayed a decanter,
some tumblers, a lemon, and a large tumbler full of loaf sugar.

"'Come, Peter,' said he, more calmly, 'reach the kettle from the hob,
and we'll let the jade go. Perhaps she's out of her head, poor thing!
and will forget all about what she says to-night by to-morrow morning.
What are you grinning at there?'

"'Do you remimber the coult ye won from me whin I bet that ye couldn't
light your pipe wid the sun?'

"'Yis, Pether. Ah, I had ye thin, sharp as you count yourself!'

"'Well, now, I'll bet the very moral of him against himself that
Katty'll send up again--if she don't come herself.'

"'Done! for twice as much if you will. She doesn't dare--'

"'Good evening, your riverence,' said a woman's voice. And in the
doorway stood Lanty Casey and Katty Collins.

"'We've come up, your riverence, to see if you'd plaze to marry us this
night. They tould us you wor angry, sur, and, indade, I don't blame you;
for you don't know all. The man who lies dead beyant was able to give me
a home, and to keep a roof over the heads of my poor father and mother,
and I gave up Lanty here for him. Now, sir, if you'll marry us, I'll
give you the pig down below--and a finer's not in the parish; and if
not--'

"The speaker paused, and, touching the arm of her companion, who
evidently feared to speak, retreated into the kitchen to await the
decision of Father Patrick, who was almost bursting with chagrin at the
loss of his wager, and anger at the boldness of his parishioner.

"Peter laughed, silently enjoying his brother's discomfiture, and then
suddenly broke out,--

"'Now, what's the use, sir, of spitin' yourself? You've lost the coult,
and the woman is bound to have her way. Sure, an' if you don't tie the
knot, all they're to do is to sind over to Father Cahill--'

"'The hedge priest--is it? No, I'll marry them. Let them come in, Mrs.
Hartigan, but no blessin' can come on such a rite as this.'

"Without a word of congratulation, the priest performed the service of
his church, and in silence the pair proceeded to the cottage of the
bride, where they fastened the doors and windows securely, and retired.
The rising moon lighted up the surrounding scenery, and the priest and
his brother sat later than usual over their 'night-caps' of hot Irish
whiskey.

"'Peter,' said Father Mulcahy, 'sind young Costigan down for the pig.
Perhaps to-morrow Katty will rue her bargain, and we won't get the
crathur.'

"Costigan (a tight little lad of fourteen), roused from the settle-bed
by the kitchen fire, soon procured a short cord and a whip, and set off
on his rather untimely errand.

"A few moments before, a man dressed in holyday garb tried the doors
and windows of the cottage, and, finding them securely fastened,
murmured,--

"''Tis frighted she is, an' I away, an' tired, too, wid spinnin', I'll
be bound. Well, I'll not rise her now. There's clane sthraw in the barn,
an' I'll slape there till mornin'.'

"The tired traveller had hardly laid himself down, with his head on a
sheaf of oats, when he saw a youth enter the barn, and, deliberately
taking a cord from his pocket, proceed to affix it to one of the hind
legs of his much-prized pig, which resented the insult with a tremendous
squealing.

"Matthew rose quietly, and lowered himself to the floor, catching a
bridle rein, and getting between the trespasser and the wall.

"'I don't know what thievish crew claims ye, but I'll lay they'll see
the marks of my hand-write under your shirt to-morrow,' said Matthew,
savagely; but to his surprise the lad gave a single shriek, and sank
down as if in a fit. A dash of water from the stable bucket recovered
him somewhat, although his mind seemed to wander.

"'Holy angels be about us!--an' him dead and berrid--his very self--come
back again!' And broken sentences of similar import were hurriedly
murmured with closed eyes, as if to shut out some hideous sight; and the
angry farmer was disarmed completely by the evident terror of the boy,
who at last rose, fearfully opened his eyes, and looked around.

"'Yes, ye little thafe of the world, I've come in time--'

"With a meaningless yell, or rather shriek of terror, the boy rushed out
of the door, fell on the frosty roadway, tearing his clothes and cutting
through the skin of both knees; and heeding nothing but the terror
behind, sprang again to his feet, and rushed down the lane and along the
moonlit road, until, panting, bleeding, and breathless, he rushed into
the priest's dining-room.

"'O, yer riverince, he's come back!' was all that the boy could find
breath to say for a moment; and Peter, who was rather irascible, took up
the discourse at once.

"'It's yourself that's come back in a fine plight, you graceless,
rioting, fighting, thaving young scullion. Whose cottage have ye been
skylarkin' round now? And where's the pig ye was sint for, at all, at
all?'

"'Peace, Pether, and let me discoorse him. Don't ye know that when I
sent ye for the dues of the church, ye was engaged in its sarvice,--in
holy ordhers, as it were? And how comes it, then, that you come back
without the pig, and looking as frighted as if Matthew Collins himself
had come back?'

"'And so he has masther, dear,' said the poor boy. 'O, _wirra_, _wirra_,
but afther this night I'll never be out mylone again. I shall always
think that I see him forninst me, as I met him beyant, the night.'

"'Met Matthew Collins? The gossoon's crazy,' said the priest.

"'The young devil is lying, more likely. The dead don't come back to
frighten honest folk, who want only their own,' said Peter, scornfully.

"'Now, Costigan, go back at wanst, and fetch the pig,' said Father
Mulcahy, firmly, but kindly. 'Ye'll be ready enough to ate him this
winther.'

"'O, masther, don't send me again! Ate that pig? An' if the pope himself
said grace, I'd sooner starve than ate a collop of the crater. Why,
either his sperit, or the devil in his shape, kapes watch over it; and
all the money in Dublin wouldn't timpt me there agin after dark.'

"'Well, sir,' said Peter, savagely, 'the boy's frikened at somethin',
that's certin'; and we shan't get the crather up here the night at all,
unless it's done soon. It's only a stip just, and I'll go and get the
pig, and find out what frighted the lad--a loose horse or cow, I'll be
bound.'

"Accordingly, Peter set off on his errand, accompanied by Costigan, who
went only on condition that he should not enter the barn, and only
consented to go at all under threat of a tremendous thrashing if he
refused.

"Scarcely an hour, therefore, had elapsed before Matthew was again
awakened from sleep by the intrusion of a second midnight visitor.

"'Where is the baste, any way?' asked the man, in gruff, angry tones.

"'He's right at the ind of the haggard, in the right hand corner,'
tremulously answered a boyish voice from the distance of a few rods.

"'Faith, but the villains is intent on my pig, any how,' muttered the
perplexed but angry Matthew, as he saw the struggles of his favorite
when the robber attempted to secure a cord to her hind leg, which he
seemed to find a difficult task.

"'The curse of Crom'll upon ye for an unaisy brute, any how, Ned! Ned
Costigan, I say, come, ye little divil, and help me tie the knot, ye
frikened _omadhaun_. There's nothing here to be afraid of, barrin' the
gray horses an' the ould cow. Come, I say.--The Vargin and St. Pather
presarve me! Are ye come back?'

"'Yes, I've come back, and ye'll go back to whoever sint ye, with my
mark on yer shoulthers,' said Matthew, grimly, as, suiting the action to
the word, he drew a stout stick from his sleeping-place, and brought it
down with emphasis upon the head and shoulders of the priest's brother,
who, though ordinarily considered 'as good a man' as there was in the
parish, could scarcely persuade himself that he was not the victim of a
terrible dream. Although he mechanically grappled and strove with his
fearful antagonist, he felt the fierce breath of a demon, as his breast
pressed against that of the dead, and the fierce eyes of a fiend, or an
avenging ghost, glared into his, as they fought and wrestled, now in
the dark shadows, and now in the narrow lane of moonlight, which peered
through the open door. It was no wonder that even the instinct of
self-preservation failed to nerve him to meet such a foe, and that
Matthew found it a surprisingly easy matter to give him a terrible
beating.

"Fifteen minutes later, Peter, wan and covered with cuts and bruises,
entered the priest's house, and swooned on the threshold. It was nearly
daylight before he recovered himself sufficiently to corroborate the
story of the lad, that the ghost of Matthew Collins jealously watched
over his favorite pig.

"'An' why didn't he watch his wife too, Peter?' asked the priest,
archly.

"'Faix! an' I dunno. But the same man set great store by that same
baste--bad scran to her! I wish you had been wid us to discoorse the
shpirit, and sind him back to _his place_.'

"'Faith, and only that it's daylight now, an' near time for matins, I'd
just step over, and show ye the powers that are delegated to the clargy,
avick. I'd like to see if Matthew Collins would dare to face me afther
I've buried him dacently.'

"'An' married his wife again,' said Peter, with a feeble attempt at
pleasantry.

"'I've doubts if I did wisely there, Peter. Sure and if the
ungratefulness of those they love is enough to keep the dead from
resting quietly, Matthew Collins should be one of the first to come
back and haunt his dishonored homestead.'

"'But if all the dead min that lave wifes aisily consoled for their
loss, were to come back, there'd be plinty of haunted houses,' said
Peter, pithily.

"'Well, we'll watch there the night, and try to find out the mysthery,'
said the priest. 'But I'm off to matins. Be sure and see that Mrs.
Hartigan has the breakfast ready when I return.'

"The bell calling the peasantry to their morning service awoke Matthew,
who hastened to his cottage, which he found as closely barred and bolted
as the night before.

"'She's gone to chapel long before this. Well, I'll have a wash at the
spring, and away to church.' Saying which, he carefully picked the straw
from his coat, cleaned his dusty shoes with a wisp of dry grass, and
after a thorough washing of face and hands, he took up the worn felt hat
of the stranger, and set off down the lane.

"As he got nearly to the main road, a group of neighbors passed along;
but instead of answering his cheerful greeting, they crossed themselves,
and hastened on with longer strides, turning from time to time, and
looking at him in a most puzzling manner.

"'Sure, the folks are mad,' muttered poor Matthew, 'or else 'tis late we
are--that must be it. Well, we can run, any way.' And suiting the action
to the word, he began to run after his neighbors, who, terribly
frightened, strove with all their might to preserve undiminished the
distance between them.

"'Faix, half the people is late--or is it a fire is ragin'? Well, I
dunno, but I'll be on hand any how.' And Matthew, taking a long breath,
pressed on after the flying crowd, which grew larger each moment, as
group after group of staid and devout worshipers recognized the features
of their dead neighbor, and joined the panting crowd, which, crossing
and blessing themselves, and shrieking and praying with terror, sought
the protection of the church, and having, as they deemed, found a refuge
from the apparition, sank exhausted into their seats, to thank God for a
place of safety.

"But they had reckoned without their host, for the next moment the dead
man strode through the arched door, and deliberately glided towards his
accustomed seat. In speechless horror the people, with one accord, arose
and rushed to the altar for protection, while many rushed out through
the rear entrances, to carry the terrible news far and wide.

"Pale, but resolute, attended by two trembling altar boys with bell and
censer, Father Mulcahy advanced in front of the astonished cause of this
unwonted disturbance.

"'In the name of the Blessed Thrinity, I command you to retire from this
blissid an' sacred church to the place from whence you came.'

"'An' why wud I go back, your riverince? Shure, the body's buried, an'
I've no call there now.'

"'Why, then, can you find no rest in the grave?'

"This last question 'broke the camel's back.'

"'H---- to my--There, the Lord forgive me for cursin', and in this
blessed an' howly place. But are all the people mad--prastes and clarks,
payrents and childher? Or am I losin' my sinses, or enchanted by the
fairies?'

"'Matthew,' said the priest, solemnly, 'are you alive an' well?'

"'Yis, your riverence, if I know meself I am.'

"'Will you go to the font an' thrink a taste of the holy wather?'

"'Yes, your riverince, an it's plasin' to ye.'

"It was with much doubt that Father Mulcahy awaited the result of his
test; but Matthew drank about a pint of the consecrated water, and a
short conversation made all plain to the priest, and to poor Matthew, to
whom the various events were far from being a matter of mirth.

"Accompanied by the priest, he went home, to the unutterable horror of
the newly-married pair, which was little lessened when they found that
their unwelcome visitor was not from another world.

"'I am dead to you, Katty,' said he, with a gentle sadness, so different
from the burst of passion which the priest had feared, that he knew that
his heart was broken. 'All the happiness I had was in your love, and
that was false. Go with your new love where I may see you no more.'

"Matthew died years after, a soured and misanthropic man; but few
legends are better known in his native district than the story of
Matthew Collins's ghost."

       *       *       *       *       *

As the story ended, Risk thanked the narrator in behalf of the auditory,
adding, "The storm will probably change to a thaw before morning, and if
it does we must be on hand bright and early, for it will bring the main
body of 'the first flight.'"

As the company rose to retire, Ben approached La Salle. "Will you tell
me why you made us leave decoys at every hundred yards?"

"To help us find the way back, should we fail to reach the shore. We
could have lived out a night like this in my ice-boat, but we should
long since have been sleeping our last sleep beneath the snow-wreaths,
had we lost our way upon the floes."

At daybreak La Salle awoke, but turned again to his pillow, as he noted
the snow-flakes form in tiny drifts against the lower window panes; and
it was nine o'clock before the tired sportsmen completed their hasty
toilet, and seated themselves around the breakfast table.




CHAPTER III.

THE SILVER THAW.--A FOX HUNT.--ANTHONY WORRELL'S DOG.


The snow at nine o'clock had ceased to fall, but had given place to a
thick hail, which rattled merrily on roof and window pane, but soon
became softer, and mingled with rain as the wind veered more to the east
and south.

"We are in for a heavy thaw," said the elder Davies, "and to-morrow we
shall have good sport. It is hardly worth while to get wet to the skin,
however, for what few birds we shall get to-day."

"Charley," said the younger Davies, "let us go down to the bar and look
up our decoys, for if we have a heavy thaw they may all be washed away
and lost."

Putting on their water-proof coats, boots, and sou'westers, the young
men took their guns and started for the eastern end of the island. The
drifts were very heavy along the fences and under the steep banks which
overhung the eastern and northern shores of the island, and huge
hummocks, white, smooth, and unbroken, showed where the snow had
entombed huge bergs and fantastic pinnacles. Facing the storm with some
difficulty, they got out as far as the ice-boat of La Salle, which they
found completely covered to the depth of two or three feet.

"We should have been smothered if we had taken refuge there last night,"
said Ben, as he proceeded to search for the buried decoys.

"I think not; for men can breathe below a great depth of snow, and I
have heard of sheep being taken alive from a heavy drift after an
entombment of twenty or thirty days."

The decoys were soon gathered, and they proceeded to the farther stand,
where they took the same precaution against the expected flooding of the
floes, piling the decoys into the box until a pyramid of clumsy wooden
birds rose several feet above the level of the ice, which was fast
becoming soft, and covered with dirty pools of snow water and nasty
"sludge."


A FOX HUNT.

"Here is the track of a fox," cried Davies, "and here is where he has
killed a goose this morning;" and La Salle, on hastening to the spot,
found a fresh trail leading from the main land, and beside the last
decoy a slight depression around which loose feathers and clots of blood
told in unmistakable terms that a single bird, and not improbably a
wounded one, had alighted amid the decoys, and trusting to the vigilance
of his supposed companions, had fallen an easy prey to his soft-footed
assailant.

"Here comes one-armed Peter on his track," said La Salle; and in a few
moments a tall, finely-built, middle-aged Micmac came noiselessly up,
bearing in his only remaining hand, not a gun, but an axe.

"Where's your gun, Peter?" said Ben, carelessly; "you don't expect to
kill a fox with an axe--do you?"

The Indian's brow contracted a little, and instantly relaxed, as he
answered, "That not fox track at all; that Indian dog, I guess. Martin
Mitchell have dog; lun alound like that. No good dog that. Sposum mine,
kill um."

"Yes, Peter, I've no doubt you'd like to kill that dog very well. See,
he finds his own living for himself. He killed a goose here last night,
I see. I s'pose your Indian dogs will eat geese raw, but mine never
would. He sat down here a moment after he had killed his bird, and left
the marks of a very bushy tail. Here's some of the hair, too. By
thunder! 'tis the hair of a black fox."

The Indian laughed silently, with no little admiration of the close
observation of the other visible in his countenance. "Yes, that black
fox. I see his track last night; trail him two tree mile dis morning. No
use try to fool you; fool other white man over back there; you know
trail well as Indian. No use carry gun, I think; fox in wet weather get
in hollow tlee, or under big loot. I cut down tlee and knock on head
with axe. But if fox on island, I lose him; no tlee there at all big
enough."

"Well, Peter, his trail is straight for the end of the point, and he
must be in the swamp at the other end of the island. We'll go with you
and surround the swamp while you enter it. If you fail to tree him,
we'll shoot him when he breaks cover, and we'll divide equally whether
one or two help to kill him." And La Salle, resting the butt of his
heavy gun on his boot, drew his load of loose shot, and substituted an
Eley's cartridge, containing two ounces of large "swan-drops."

A cloud settled upon the smiling face of the Indian, and he broke forth
vehemently, "I no want you to help me. I need _all_ that money; you got
plenty. I been sick, had sick boy, sick old woman,--bery sick. I see
that fox two time. No got gun; borrow money on him to pay doctor, and
get blead. I borrow gun one day; sit all day, no get nothing; go home,
nothing to eat. Next day, man use his own gun, kill plenty. I know fox
in wet day find hollow tlee; no like to wet his tail. I say to-day I
kill him, get good gun, get cloes, get plenty blead and tee. I _know_ I
kill that fox."

"Well, Peter, we won't trouble you. We'll go to see you kill him, and
watch out to see that he don't get clear," said Davies; and the Indian,
rather hesitatingly, assented.

There was little woodcraft in following the "sign," for the tracks were
deeply impressed in the soft snow, and the heavy body and long neck of
his prey had left numerous impressions where the fox had rested for a
moment. In the course of half an hour the party had gained the shore,
and, passing through several fields, found themselves in a heavy growth
of beech and maple.

The fox, however, had not halted here, but emerging into a small meadow,
had crossed into a close copse of young firs and elders, in whose midst
a huge stump, whitened and splintered, rose some twenty-five feet into
the air.

Peter groaned audibly. "That old fox mean as debbil. Know that place no
good. No hollow tlee, only brush and thick branch. Fox get under loot,
and eat, watch twenty way at once: well, I try, any way."

Ben and La Salle hastily passed around the woods surrounding the glade,
until they reached the opposite side of the motte to that which Peter
was now entering. Noticing that only a narrow space of open ground
intervened at one point, Davies crept noiselessly down to the very edge
of the underbrush, about sixty yards from La Salle.

He had scarcely drawn himself up from his crouching position, when a
magnificent black fox crossed the opening almost at his very feet,
followed by the light axe of the Indian, which, thrown with astonishing
force and precision, passed just above the animal, and was buried almost
to the helve in a small tree not a yard from Davies's head.

Flurried out of his usual good judgment, Ben drew both triggers, with
uncertain aim, and the fox, swerving a little, passed him like a shot.
La Salle, springing forward through the narrow belt of woods, saw the
frightened animal a score of rods off, making across the fields for the
Western Bar. A fence bounded the field some six score yards away, under
which the fox must pass, and whose top rail, scarce three feet above the
level, marked the necessary elevation to allow for the "drop" of the
tiny missiles used. La Salle felt that all depended on his aim, and that
his nerves were at the utmost tension of excited interest; but he forced
himself to act with deliberate promptitude at a moment when the most
feverish haste would have seemed interminable dallying. Steadily the
ponderous tube was levelled in line of the fleeing beast, until the
beaded sight rested on the top rail above him. An instant the heavy
weapon seemed absolutely without motion; then the report crashed through
the forest, and the snow-crust was dashed into impalpable powder by a
hundred riddling pellets.

The shot was fired just as the fox sprang up the slight embankment on
which, as is usual, the line of fence was placed. For an instant he
seemed to falter, then leaped the top rail, and disappeared beyond the
enclosure.

Peter and Davies had seen the shot, and with La Salle rushed forward to
note its effect, although neither hoped for more than a wound whose
bleeding would ultimately disable him, when patient tracking would
secure his much-prized fur. As they ran to the fence they noted the
deeply-cut scores in the icy crust which marked the first dropping shot,
and Peter became loud in his praises of the weapon.

"I never see gun like that; at hundred yards you kill him, sure; but no
gun ever kill so far as you fire. See there, shot strike dis stump. Hah!
there spot of blood on bank. Damn! here fox dead, sure enough."

"Hurrah! the Baby forever for a long shot. Charley, old boy, shake hands
on it. Peter, don't you wish you hadn't been so sure of killing him
without our help?"

The thoughtless triumph of the young Englishman recalled the memory of
his obstinate refusal to accept the proffered aid of the sportsmen to
the mind of the poor Indian. Such a look of utter disappointment took
the place of his joy at the successful shot, that La Salle could
scarcely contain his sympathy.

"So it is always. White man win, Indian lose; white man get food, Indian
starve; white man live, Indian die. Once, all this Indian land. No white
people were here, and many Indians hunt and find enough. Now, the Indian
must buy the wood which he makes into baskets. He cannot spear a salmon
in the rivers. The woods are cut down, and the many ships and guns
frighten off the game."

He looked a moment at the dead fox, smoothed its glossy fur with a hand
that trembled with suppressed emotion, and then, with a curt "good
evening," turned to go.

"I wish, Peter, you would come down to the house and skin this beast for
me," said La Salle. "If you will do so carefully, and stretch it for
drying in good style, I'll give you a pair of boots."

Without a word the Indian seized the dead animal and strode ahead of
them, like one who seeks in bodily fatigue a refuge from anguish of
spirit.

"What will you give for such a skin, Davies?" asked La Salle.

"I will give you one hundred and fifty dollars for that one. It is the
largest, finest, and blackest that I ever saw."

"You have another gun like your own in your store at C.--have you not?"

"Yes, exactly like my own. I can only tell them apart by this curl in
the wood of the stock."

"What is she worth?"

"I will sell her to you for fifteen pounds."

"That would be fifty dollars. Well, Ben, I'll tell you what, we must
give Peter one half of the fox. I should never forgive myself if we
didn't. I know he has been sick all summer, and his disappointment must
be very hard to bear. Are you willing to give him half?"

"Do just as you please, Charley," said the warmhearted hunter. "I don't
claim any share, for we are all on our own hook, unless by special
agreement; but I shall be very glad if you are kind enough to share
with him, poor fellow!"

"Well, Ben, you are to take the fox at your own price, giving Peter an
order on your partner for the gun, and credit to the amount of
twenty-five dollars more. The other seventy-five we divide. You have
only to give me credit for my moiety, as I owe you nearly that amount."

"I'm satisfied if you are; so let us hurry up, and see Peter prepare the
skin, and send him home happy."

"The finest skin I ever saw," said Risk. "It's worth three hundred
dollars in St. Petersburg, if it's worth a cent."

"Who killed him?" said the elder Davies. "If you did, Ben, I'd like to
buy the skin."

"I bought it myself of La Salle for one hundred and fifty. He killed it,
and sold it to me. I guess I can sell to good advantage."

In the mean time Peter had drawn his _waghon_, or curved Indian knife,
from his belt, and, carefully commencing at the rear of the body,
skinned the animal without forming another aperture, removing the mask,
and ears attached, with great nicety. With equal dexterity he whittled a
piece of pine board to the proper shape, and, turning the skin inside
out, drew it tightly over the batten, fastening it in place with a few
tacks. His task completed, he handed it to La Salle, and rose to go.
The latter restrained him, saying,--

"Hold, Peter; you must have your pay first. Here is a pair of rubber
boots and some dry stockings. Put them on, and throw away those old
moccasons, and take these few things to your wife."

"You very kind, brother," said Peter, simply, taking the small bundle of
tea, sugar, bread, cake, and jellies which could be spared from their
limited stock of "small stores."

"And, Peter," continued La Salle, "Ben and I have concluded to share
with you in the matter of the fox. We have no wives yet, and therefore
think about one half the price ought to go to you. This paper will get
you that double-barrel of Ben's father to-morrow, if you feel like going
over for it; and you will also be allowed to purchase twenty-five
dollars' worth more of ammunition, food, and clothing."

The tears came into the poor fellow's eyes.

"Damn! I know you hite men. I know you heretic. I say I no hunt with
you. I try cheat you on the trail, and you make Peter cly like squaw. I
wish--I wish--you two, tlee, six fathom deep in river. I jump in for you
if I die."

And, seizing the bundle and the precious order, he dashed the moisture
from his eyes, and took the road homeward.

"He will never repay your kindness," said Lund. "Them Indians is never
grateful for anything."

"I think he will repay it, if it is ever in his power," said Risk.
"Peter is one of the most honest and industrious of his tribe, and it is
not his fault when his children want food."

"Well, boys," said the elder Davies, "I suppose you have done right, and
that you will receive as much gratitude as we give to our heavenly
Father; but, as men look at things, you have, indeed, 'cast your bread
upon the waters.'"

"If it is so, Mr. Davies," said La Salle, with a solemnity unusual with
him, "our reward is sure; for the promise is, 'Thou _shalt_ find it
after many days.'"

"But," said Lund, with a quiet twinkle in his sharp gray eye, "I'd like
to bet five shillin' that, when you are repaid, it won't be in Indian
bread."

"Pretty good!" laughed Kennedy, who had taken the day to finish up a
large pile of "back numbers" of his favorite daily, "but I think hardly
just to the Indians. Horace Greeley has given a great deal of thought to
this Indian question, and although he would disapprove of supplying them
with arms and ammunition, yet in all other matters would indorse your
policy."

"You don't mean to say that Greeley would disapprove of letting poor
Peter have a gun to shoot game to help support his family--do you?"
asked Ben, in astonishment.

"Certainly I do. With that fifty dollars, he could have procured tools
and seed, and started a farm on Indian Island. Instead of that, you give
him the means of continuing a savage, instead of encouraging him to
become a farmer and a civilized being. Horace Greeley would have
tried--"

"To attempt an impossibility," said La Salle, excitedly. "As well may
you expect to raise a draught horse from a pair of racers, or keep a
flock of eagles as you would a coop of hens. The French have been the
only people on this continent with an Indian policy founded in reason,
and a just estimate of the character and capabilities of the
aborigines."

"And yet they were completely driven from this continent," said Kennedy.

"True, sir; but their Indian policy made their scanty population of two
hundred thousand Europeans a dreaded foe to the nearly three million
colonists of English descent. They made of their savage allies an arm
that struck secretly, swiftly, and with terrible effect, and a defence
that kept actual hostilities a long distance from their main
settlements. I believe, sir, that the philosophers of the future will
condemn alike our policy of extermination, and the impossible attempt to
mould hunters, warriors, and absolutely free men, into peaceful,
plodding citizens of a republic."

"What else can be done with them?" asked Kennedy, sharply.

"It seems to me that in generations to come, it will be said of us,
'They did not try in those days to yoke the racer to the plough, nor to
chain the hound to the kennel, while they urged the mastiff on the track
of the deer; yet they failed to see that the Creator, and peculiar
conditions unchanged for centuries, had moulded the races of men to
different forms of government, modes of life, and varieties of
avocation. The Roman conqueror of the world knew better than to put in
his heavily-armed legions the flying Parthian, the light-armed horseman
of Numidia, or the slinger of the Balearic Isles. The American of the
past had at his disposal a race capable of being the skirmish line of
his march of civilization to wrest a continent from the wilderness. As
trappers, hunters, and guides; as fishermen and slayers of whale and
seal; as the light horseman, quick, brave, self-sustaining, and
self-reliant, the Indian was capable of valuable services to a people
who offered him but two alternatives--extinction, or a dull, plodding,
vegetative, unnatural existence.'"

"Well, La Salle, if you two Yankees can let your argument rest a little,
we'll go down to the shore, to take a look at the ice, and see what
to-morrow has in store for us," said Risk; and, as it was nearly
sundown, the party hastened down to a part of the bank clear of trees,
from whence they could discern the bay and the surrounding shores.

The rain was falling in gentle and melting showers; the south wind,
laden with penetrating warmth, borne from lands hundreds of leagues
distant, cut down drift and ice-hill with its fatal kisses; from the
rocky cliff a thousand tiny cascades wept and plashed; and over the icy
bonds of every brook and river another stream ran swiftly to the sea.
Over the icy levels of harbor and bay rippled another sheet of fresh
water, which each moment grew deeper and wider as the warm rain fell
more heavily, and the withering south wind came in increasing strength.

"If this lasts all night, boys," said Lund, oracularly, "it will open
the spring-holes and oyster-beds, and give the geese, which are sure to
come with this wind, a certain amount of feeding-grounds which are not
likely to be frozen up this winter. Come," continued he, turning away;
"the geese will be getting cold, and we want to have time to hear a good
yarn before we go to bed."

"It's your turn to-night, Mr. Risk," said Ben; "and we must have a story
as different as possible from the last. You know all about the old
notables of the country, who used to own thousands of acres, and keep
horses and servants as they do on large manors in the old country. Tell
us a story about some of that set, as you used to tell father and uncle
Dan, down at Morell."

"I won't try to back out, gentlemen," said Risk, laying aside his
meerschaum; "for the sooner I tell my story the better, as you will
'have it over with,' and hear a great many good stories before it
becomes my turn to bore you again. My story is about


"OLD ANTHONY WORRELL AND HIS NEWFOUNDLAND DOG.

"In my young days, a number of the immediate heirs of the original
proprietors were resident here; and among them this Major Worrell, whose
estate has since been purchased by the government. He was a little,
nervous, black-haired bachelor, who shared his chamber with a favorite
black Newfoundland retriever, named Carlo.

"One or two domestics did the housework, and helped the farm-hands in
haying, harvest, and potato-digging; and over all presided Mrs. Sims, a
tall, stout, and resolute widow, with a heavy hand and a shrewish
temper. With a huge bunch of keys at her side, and an eye quick to
detect the smallest waste and the slightest irregularity, she kept the
household in terror, and her master (poor little man!) in almost abject
vassalage. A specimen of one of their daily breakfast dialogues may be
worthy of reproduction.

"_She._ 'Good mornin,' sir. 'Ope you're well this morning.'

"_He._ 'Yes--quite well. Breakfast ready, eh?'

"_She._ 'Almost. Heggs just boiling when I came in. That Gillbear
(Gilbert, a little, French orphan) sucks heggs, hi'm sure. Hi wonder you
keep 'im hon the place.'

"_He._ 'Well, you know, Mrs. Sims, he's an orphan, and--'

"_She._ 'Well, hi like that. Han horphan! hand 'is father lives hup hin
has good a farm has there his hin Tracadie.'

"_He._ 'Well, his father Gilbert died, and Lisette, his mother, married
Francois: and then Lisette, his mother, died, and Francois married his
cousin Christine; and then Francois died, and Christine married Jacques
the blacksmith; and so he hasn't any father or mother, and no home, and
I let him stay here.'

"_She._ 'Yes, hand you'd 'ave the place heaten hup with lazy, dirty,
thieving beggars hif hit wasn't for me. Hi told your brother when 'e
sent me hover. Says 'e, 'My brother his too heasy, han' needs some un to
see that 'e hisn't himposed hupon.' Says hi, 'Wen hi'm hunable to do my
duty, hi've honly to return 'ome to Hingland. Wich hi've just 'ad a
letter from my sister; han' hif hi must slave for sich, hi'd rather give
warnin' for to-morrow come four weeks.'

"_He_ (nervously). 'Why, my dear Mrs. Sims--'

"_She._ 'Yes, sir; hand that dratted dog Carlo, hevery mornin', when hi
goes to hair your sheets, gives me ha start with growlin' hat me from
hunder the bed-clothes, wich 'e wraps 'isself hup hin hevery mornin',
sir, like has hif 'e were a Christian. Now, sir, hi'm ready to slave
hand wear myself hout for you, but has for slavin' for a dirty cur and a
French brat, hi've no need to, han' hi won't.'

_He._ 'Well, well, Mrs. Sims, we'll see what can be done--what can be
done. I'll get a chain for Gilbert, and send the dog away. No, I mean
I'll--No, I'll--Confound it, madam, let's have breakfast.'

"On the same afternoon Mr. Grahame, the nearest magistrate, called on
business, and to him Worrell related his domestic troubles.

"'I can't do without her, for she is a splendid cook, and keeps my
clothes in first-rate order. I can't bear the thought of the cookery I
should have to eat, and the dirt and disorder I should see around me, if
she does go away. But she's a regular Tartar, and I've no authority at
all in my house.'

"'Well, Worrell, it's a hard case; but I would chain up that dog. As to
poor little Gilbert, do what you think is right in spite of her. If she
leaves--Ah, I have it. Go into town, and propose to one of the F.
sisters. They are all good cooks and amiable women, and you'll be rid of
your Tartar.'

"'Wich I'm much hobleeged to you for the name, an' the good advice you
give the master, stirrin' hov 'im hup against a lone, friendless widow,
wat's slaved an' worked this six years come St. Michaelmas.'

"Mr. Grahame, of course, with the _mauvais honte_ which men too
generally display towards angry and unreasonable women, took an awkward
leave of the angry widow, and poor Worrell, whom she treated to a
lecture of half an hour, ending with a lively fit of tears and
hysterics. As the poor little man turned away, leaving her in the hands
of a servant, he caught her last broken objurgations.

"'An hungrateful fool, marry an' turn me hoff; ugh, ugh! fix 'im, hany
'ow.'

"The following morning Worrell rose early, and passing through the
breakfast-room, received a sulky greeting from his housekeeper, and went
out to over-look the labors of his men. Feeling a little unwell, he
returned to his room, and finding his dog in his bed, flung him into a
spare room, and getting into bed, went to sleep. Now, both dog and
master had a very unhealthy habit--that of keeping the head covered with
bed-clothes; and so it happened that when Mrs. Sims entered the room,
she saw, as she supposed, the black ears and head of the hated Carlo.

"Revenge urged her to undue and overhasty punishment; her overcharged
feelings sought relief on some object, and a stout-handled broom was in
her grasp. At last vengeance was within her reach; should she relinquish
it? No, a thousand times no!

"'You dirty brute!' she yelled, in fury. 'You hold rascal, I'll pay you
out! I'll murder you! I'll kill you!'

"Such was the preface of a shower of blows, which suddenly broke the
rest of the defenceless Worrell. Half stunned, astounded, almost
paralyzed, he heard, as if in a terrible dream, the threats which
accompanied the merciless blows of the assailant.

"'I've got you! Sleep again, will you? I'll kill you, you hold fool!
I'll murder--Good Lord! hit's my master;' and as a bruised and bloody
face, surmounting a meager figure, in remarkably scanty drapery,
vanished out of the room, Mrs. Sims drew a long breath, and fainted in
real earnest in one corner.

"Worrell never stopped until he reached Grahame's, who rather hastily
caught up a shawl, and wrapping him in it, got him to his chamber, and
into a suit of his own clothes, only about twice too large, for Grahame
was one of the tallest men in the county.

"When he had composed himself sufficiently, a complaint was duly entered
against Mrs. Sims for 'assault with intent to kill;' and Mrs. Sims,
despite her piteous entreaties, was arrested and brought before the
magistrate. Her appeals for mercy were heart-rending.

"'Ho, mercy, your washup; mercy, Mr. Worrell. Wich I thinks hit were
that dratted dorg. Don't 'ang me. I never hintended--' But Worrell was
inexorable.

"'But you said you would kill me, you would murder me, and you nearly
did murder me.'

"'Wich I told your brother--ugh, ugh! an' I've slaved, an', ugh, ugh!
an' wich it were all a mistake--ugh, ugh! 'ave mercy, gentlemen.'

"'But you said you would murder me, and you nearly did murder me, and--'

"'Peace, Mr. Worrell,' said Grahame, impressively; 'the hour of your
redemption draweth nigh. Prisoner at the bar,' continued he, 'the crime
which you have committed has always been held in just aversion and
horror by the English nation. Repaying the trust and confidence of your
master with unkind persecution and a shrewish tongue, you have finished
the measure of your misdeeds by what might have proved a most brutal
murder. Your unsupported statement, that you mistook Mr. Worrell for his
dog, would have little or no weight on any unprejudiced jury. We,
however, incline to mercy; and I therefore bind you over, in the sum of
one thousand pounds, to keep the peace for six months.'

"'Wherever can I find so much money?' asked the despairing prisoner.

"'On condition that you will leave for England, I will find bail for
you. Understand, however, that they will give you up, should you fail to
depart at the earliest opportunity.'

"Poor Mrs. Sims went in the next ship 'bound home;' but the story got
abroad at once, and Worrell never married. Great amusement, of course,
was created by the recital, and it became a favorite of the members of
the bar on circuit, who, however, generally expressed one regret, viz.,
'that Worrell escaped alive, as the world thereby lost a most remarkable
criminal case.'

"Well, that's all there is of it; and as it's nine o'clock, and we want
to be up early, I think I'll conclude by bidding you all 'good night,
and pleasant dreams.'"




CHAPTER IV.

THE GRAND FLIGHT.--A GOOD STRATAGEM.--THE PACKET LIGHT.


At sunrise the next morning, the sportsmen hurried through their frugal
meal, and hastened to their various "ice-houses;" for a great change had
taken place in the weather, which, although the rain had ceased and the
sky had cleared somewhat, was still mild and spring-like. Even as they
lit their cigars at the door, they heard far up the cove the calls of
the wild geese, and a scattering volley which told that the Indians had
been early at their posts. Above the others arose two heavy reports,
which Davies declared could come from no other gun than Peter's
newly-acquired double-barrel.

With hastened steps the East Bar party took the ice, La Salle drawing
behind him a long "taboggin," or Indian sled, consisting merely of a
long, wide, half-inch board, turned up at one end, and forming, in fact,
a single broad runner, which cannot upset, and will bear a heavy load
over the lightest snow without sinking too deeply. On it were placed,
besides his own gun and that of Kennedy, a heavy target rifle, a large
lunch-box, and an ample bucket containing ammunition.

"You mean to 'lay them out' to-day, I guess, Charley," said Creamer,
good-humoredly. "You ain't apt to want ammunition, any way."

"What will you take for to-day's bag, cash down?" asked Ben, laughing.

"Here are our decoys," said La Salle, pointing to several dark objects
partially imbedded in the ice, but marking an almost perfect straight
line from the boat to the inner shore of the island.

"We had a rather narrow escape," remarked Kennedy, picking up one of the
decoys; "and it was well thought of to secure a retreat to our boat, in
case we had failed to reach the shore."

Little time, however, was lost in conversation. The "boat" and "box"
were to be cleared of the snow which had drifted inside, and concealed
by fragments of ice, in place of those which the rain had melted away.
The decoys were to be rearranged, heading to windward, and at least half
an hour was consumed in making these necessary arrangements. At last all
was ready, the guns, ammunition, &c., were placed in the boat, and La
Salle had gone to hide the sledge behind a neighboring hummock, when,
turning his head, he saw Davies and Creamer running hastily to their
box, and Kennedy frantically gesticulating and calling on him to do the
same.

With the best speed he could make on such slippery footing, La Salle
crossed the intervening space, and threw himself down into the boat,
panting and breathless with exertion. After a moment's breathing space,
he slowly raised his head so that his eyes could just see over the edge
of the shooting-boat. To the east he heard the decoy-calls of Creamer
and Davies, and, somewhere between himself and them, the low,
questioning calls of the wished-for geese.

"They are near us somewhere, Kennedy," he whispered, "and, I guess,
coming in to our decoys. Don't fire until I tell you. Here they come.
No, they sheer off. Yes, there's one scaling down; there's another.
They're all coming. We've got them now."

The goose is far from being the silly fowl which popular belief supposes
him to be, even when tamed and subdued, and, in a state of nature, is
one of the most wary of birds. The flock in question, flying in from the
narrow, open channels of the Gulf, had seen the decoys, and heard the
calls of Ben and Creamer, who had not yet completed their preparations.
Swooping around the box at a safe distance, the wary leader decided that
all was not right there, and swung over the leading decoys of La Salle,
and doubtless wondering at the apathy of the strange geese which refused
to answer his calls, gave a signal which caused his flock to describe a
circle around the boat, full forty rods away. Still nothing could be
seen which could warrant a well-founded suspicion; and one or two of the
younger birds, impatient of restraint, and anxious for rest and food,
set their broad pinions, and, with outstretched wings, scaled down to
the decoys, alighting on the ice not twenty feet from the muzzles of the
concealed guns. Their apparent safety decided the rest, and in twenty
seconds as many geese, with clamorous cries, were hovering over the
heads of La Salle and his companions.

It takes a quick eye, steady hand, and good judgment, to kill a
partridge in November, when, with a rush of wings like an embryo
whirlwind, he gets up under your feet, and brushes the dew from the
underbrush with his whizzing wings. It is not every amateur that can
kill woodcock in close cover, or well-grown snipe on a windy day; but
there are few, who can do these things, who can kill with both barrels
in their first goose-shooting. The size and number of the birds, the
wary and cautious manner of their approach, the nice modulations
necessary to "call" them successfully, and the reckless sweep with which
they seem to throw aside all fear, and rush into the very jaws of
death,--all these combine to unsettle the nerves and aim of the novice.

All this Kennedy experienced, as he saw above him twenty outstretched
necks, with jetty heads, whose eyes he felt _must_ discern the ambush;
twenty snowy bellies, against which as many pairs of black, broad,
webbed feet showed with beautiful effect, and forty broad pinions, which
seemed to shut out the sky from view, and present a mark which no one
could fail to hit. At the word he pointed his heavy gun at the centre of
the thickest part of the flock and fired. At the first barrel a dead
bird fell almost into the boat; but the second seemed without effect. La
Salle "lined" four as they flapped their huge wings hurriedly, striving
to flee from the hidden danger, killing three and breaking the wing of a
fourth, who fluttered down to the ice, and began to run, or, rather, to
waddle rapidly away.

Kennedy seemed about to go after the wounded bird, but La Salle laid his
hand on his arm.

"Don't move, Kennedy, and he will get us another bird," said he,
reloading his heavy gun with a long-range shot cartridge. "We can get
that bird any time; and there is his mate flying round and round in a
circle."

"You won't get a shot at her," said Kennedy, as she warily kept out of
ordinary range, and finally alighted near the gander, which, weak with
pain and loss of blood, had lain down on the ice about one hundred and
fifty yards distant.

"I should not despair of killing her with 'the Baby,' charged as she now
is, even at a far greater distance; but I have a surer weapon for such a
mark in this target-rifle."

As he spoke, he drew from under the half-deck of the boat a heavy
sporting-rifle, carrying about sixty balls to the pound, and sighted
with "globe" or "peep" sights. Taking a polished gauge which hung at his
watch-chain, he set the rear sight, and, cocking the piece, set the
hair-trigger. Noiselessly raising the muzzle above the gunwale, he ran
his eye along the sights. A whip-like crack echoed across the ice, and
the goose, pierced through the lower part of the neck, fell dead by the
side of her wounded mate, which, frightened by the report, hastened to
increase the distance between him and such a dangerous neighborhood.

"I'll save you a half-mile run, Kennedy," said La Salle, raising "the
Baby" to his face.

The wounded bird suddenly paused, drew himself up to his full height,
and spread his wings, or rather his uninjured pinion. The huge gun
roared. The closely-packed _mitraille_ tore the icy crust into powder,
fifty yards beyond the doomed bird, which settled, throbbing with a
mortal tremor, upon the ice, shot through the head.

"That was a splendid shot of yours, La Salle," said Kennedy, in
amazement.

"You are wrong in that statement, Kennedy," replied he. "The shot any
one could have made, but the reach of that gun, with Eley's cartridge,
is something tremendous. When I first had her I fired at a flock at
about four hundred yards distance. Of course I killed none, but I paced
three hundred and twenty-five yards, and found clean-cut scores, four
and five inches long, in the crust, at that distance; and I have more
than once killed brant geese out of a flock at forty rods."

"Look, Charley! What a sight!" interrupted Kennedy. The sky had cleared,
the sun shone brightly, the wind had gone down, and the strange
stillness of a calm winter's day was unbroken. From the west high above
the reach of the heaviest gun, and almost beyond the carry of the rifle,
came the long-expected vanguard of the migrating hosts of heaven. Flock
upon flock, each in the wedge-shaped phalanx of two converging lines,
which ever characterize the flight of these birds, each headed by a
wary, powerful leader, whose clarion call came shrill and clear down
through the still ether, came in one common line of flight, hundreds and
thousands of geese. All that afternoon their passage was incessant, but
no open pool offered rest and food to that weary host, and in that fine,
still atmosphere it was useless to attempt to deceive by crude
imitations of the calls of these birds. And so, as the leaders of the
migratory host saw from their lofty altitude the earth below, for many a
league, spread out like a map, from which to choose a halting-place, the
marksmen of the icy levels had little but the interest of the unusual
spectacle for their afternoon's watching. Now and then, in answer to
their repeated calls, a single goose would detach itself from the flock
and scale down through the air, as if to alight, but nearly always would
repent in time, and with quickened pinions return to its companions.
Still, occasionally, one would determine to alight, and setting its
wings, circle around one of the stands, and finally be seen, by the
occupants of other ice-houses, to sweep close in to the concealed
ambush. Then would follow a puff or two of smoke, a few distant reports,
and the dead bird, held up in triumph, would convey to his distant
friends the sportsman's fortune.

Several birds fell in this way to the lot of our friends of the East
Bar, and La Salle and Kennedy got one each; but the sport was too
tedious, and La Salle, taking a bullet-bag and powder-flask from his
box, proceeded to count out ten bullets, which he laid carefully before
him.

"I am going to try to bring down at least one goose from those flocks
which pass over us nearly every moment. They are certainly four hundred
yards high, and I shall aim at the leader of the flock in every case,
giving him about ten feet allowance for headway."

The first ball was without effect, although the leader swerved like a
frightened steed as the deadly missile sung past him. The second cut a
feather from the tail of the bird aimed at; and the third failed
likewise. At the fourth shot the leader swerved as before, and then kept
on his way.

"You might as well try to kill them a mile off, as at that distance,"
said Kennedy, disparagingly.

"I hit a bird in that flock, and I think the leader, at that; for I
heard the rap of the ball as it struck. It may have been only through
his quill-feathers. No; there's the bird I hit. See, he can't keep up
with the flock."

The huge gander last fired at had hardly gone a hundred yards, ere,
despite his endeavors, he had lowered several feet below the flock. In
the next decade, the distance was increased to sixty feet, and in the
third to as many yards. In the last hundred yards of his flight he sank
rapidly, although struggling nobly to regain the flock; and when about
fifty yards above the ice, he towered up a few feet into the air, and
fell over backward, stone dead, with a rifle-shot transfixing his body,
in the region of the heart. On weighing him he turned the scale at
fifteen pounds.

Of the remaining six shots but one was effective--breaking the wing-tip
of a young female, which was secured for a live decoy.

Kennedy now proposed a plan for approaching a large flock, which had
alighted about a half mile distant on the sea-ice. Taking the taboggin,
which was painted white, from its concealment, he tied to its curved
front a thin slab of snowy ice, and laying his gun behind it, approached
the flock as near as possible, under cover of the hummocks. About three
hundred yards of level ice still intervened, and lying down behind his
snow-screen, he slowly moved his ingenious stalking-horse towards the
flock. Had he understood the nature of the birds thoroughly, it is
probable that his device would have succeeded splendidly; but when he
was still about a hundred yards distant, the wary leader became
suspicious, and gave a note of alarm. In an instant the whole flock,
with outstretched necks, stood prepared for flight. Had he lain still,
it is probable that the birds would have relaxed their suspicious
watchfulness, and allowed him to get nearer; but thinking that he should
lose all if he tried a nearer approach, he fired, killing one and
wounding another, both of which were secured.

Just before dark a slight wind sprang up, and a few flocks, flying low
about the harbor, came in among the decoys, and for a time the fire was
quite heavy, and the sport most exciting. Taken all round, this day was
the best of the season. Ben and Creamer received fifteen, La Salle and
Kennedy twelve, and Davies and Risk eighteen birds--in all, forty-five
geese. On arriving home they found a hearty supper awaiting their
attention, after a due observance had been paid to the rites of the
toilet. This observance seemed to demand much more time than ever
before, to the great amusement of Lund, who had anticipated as much all
day.

"Are all you folks going sparkin', that you are so careful of your
complexions? Goodness! why, you've more pomatums, oils, and soaps than
any court beauty!"

There was some truth in this latter charge, for Ben and Creamer, after
washing and a very gingerly use of the towel, anointed their flaming
visages with almond oil. Kennedy, in his turn, approached the only
mirror the house afforded, and applied to his blistered nose and
excoriated cheeks the major part of a box of Holloway's Ointment; and
even La Salle's dark face seemed to have acquired its share of burning
from the ice-reflected rays of the sun. Davies and Risk, when called to
supper, smelled strongly of rose-scented cold-cream; and Lund was
unsparing in sarcastic remarks on the extreme floridness of complexion
of the entire party.

"Ben, don't have any powder lying round loose to-morrow, with such a
face as that. As for Creamer, he can't have any cotton sheets to-night,
for fear of a conflagration. I don't think I ever saw anybody burn as
bad as Kennedy has; and this is only the first day, too. A few days more
like this would peel him down to an 'atomy. As to La Salle, he's too
black to take any more color, but Risk and Davies won't dare to go home
for a good two weeks at least."

In truth, the whole party had received a notable tanning, for the
winter's sun, weak as it is compared with its summer fervor, has never
such an effect upon the exposed skin, as when its rays are reflected
from the millions of tiny specula of the glistening ice-field. The free
use of soothing and cooling ointments will prevent the blistering and
tan, to a great extent; but many on their "first hunt" lose the cuticle
from the entire face; and many a seal has been lost on the floes, owing
to the rapid decomposition produced by the sun's feeble rays thus
intensified.

Notwithstanding their "tanning", however, the party were in splendid
spirits, and ate their roast goose, potatoes, and hot bread with a gusto
which far more delicate viands at home would fail to provoke. As the
meal proceeded, and the merry jest went round, all feelings of fatigue,
pain, and discomfort were lost in the revulsion of comfort which a full
meal produces in a man of thoroughly healthy physique. How few of us in
the crowded cities know, or indeed can appreciate, the pleasures of the
hardy sportsman. To bear wet, cold, and discomfort; to exercise
patience, skill, and endurance; and to undergo the extreme point of
fatigue, was the sum of nearly every day's experience of the members of
the party; but when their heavy guns and cumbrous clothing were laid
aside, the rough chair and cushionless settle afforded luxurious rest,
the craving appetite made their coarse fare a delightsome feast, and
when, warm, full-fed, and refreshed, they invoked the dreamy solace of
the deity Nicotiana, the sense of animal pleasure and satisfaction was
complete.

"Is your pipe filled, Creamer?" asked Lund, carelessly.

"Yes; but you'll not get it until you give us the story you're to tell
us this night. Faith, there's not one of us can beat you at the same
trade, and it's little of fact that you'll give us, any how."

"For shame, Hughie, to malign the credibility of an old friend in that
way, and me the father of a family. I'm almost ready to swear that you
shan't have a yarn from me for the whole spring. To accuse me of
yarning--me that--"

"That humbugged the whole Associated Press of the United States no
longer ago than the war with the southerns. I mind myself how you told
them at Shediac, that the Alabama was down among the fishermen in the
bay, like a hawk among a flock of pigeons. Faith, you had twenty of them
taken and burned before you stopped that time, and the telegraph
operator at Point de Chene was hopping all the evening between the boat
and the office, like a pea in a hot skillet," retorted La Salle,
laughing. "Ah, Lund! you mustn't plead innocent with us, who have been
humbugged by you too many times already. But come, captain, draw on your
imagination, and give us a regular stunner--one without a word of truth
in it."

"Well, gentlemen," answered Lund, deliberately, "I ain't got anything to
say to that young jackanapes, for nobody _that_ ever heard _him_ tell
stories will ever believe anything he says again. But I mean to have my
revenge somehow, and so I'll tell you a story that is as true as
gospel, and yet you'll hardly believe a word of it. We who live here on
this little island call it the story of


"THE PACKET LIGHT.

"About thirty years ago, my wife's father, old Mr. Bridges, lived in a
snug little log house down in the next field, towards the Point. He was
a young man then, and my wife here was a little girl, unable to do more
than to drive home the cows, or help mind the younger children. The
island is uncivilized enough now, sir, but in those days, besides the
old French military road to St. Peter's, and a government mail route to
St. Eleanor's, there was nothing but bridle-paths and rough trails
through the woods. Men came to market with horses in straw harnesses,
dragging carts with block-wheels sawn from the butt of a big pine; and
often when twenty or thirty of them were drinking into old Katty
Frazer's, the beasts would get hungry, and eat each other loose.

"It was next to an impossibility to get any money in exchange for
produce or labor, and everything was paid for in orders on the different
dealers for so many shillings' or pounds' worth of goods. In winter a
whale-boat on runners carried the mail between the Wood Islands and
Pictou, and in summer a small schooner, called the Packet, sailed with
the mail, and what few passengers presented themselves, between the
capital and the same port.

"It was in the last of November that year that the Packet made her last
cruise. The weather was freezing cold, with a thick sky, and heavy
squalls from the south of west, when she struck on the East Bar, near
the main channel. They put down the helm, thinking to slide off; but she
only swung broadside to the waves, and as the tide was at ebb, she was
soon hard and fast, with the sea making a clean breach over her.

"Captain Coffin, with the four other men, got into the rigging with a
flag of some kind, which they fastened at half mast, as a signal of
distress. It was about midday when they ran on the bar, and Bridges saw
them, and realized their danger at once; and their cries for help at
times rose above the roar of the ravenous seas. With the help of his
wife he launched a light boat, but long before he got into the sweep of
the heavier breakers, he saw that she could never live on the bar, and
it was with great difficulty that he regained the shore. At nightfall,
although the hull was badly shattered, no one had perished, and the tide
had so far abated that the party could easily have waded ashore; and
Captain Coffin and another man, after vainly attempting to induce the
other three to accompany them, started themselves.

"The others charged them with cowardice in leaving the vessel, said that
the wind would go down, and they could get the craft off at flood-tide,
and so prevailed over the better judgment of the captain and his
companion that they returned to the fated vessel, and prepared, as well
as possible, for the returning tide.

"As the tide rose, the sea came with little, if any, diminution of fury;
and until nearly midnight Bridges watched the signal lantern, which
called in vain for the aid which it was not in the power of man to
bestow. Intense cold was added to the other horrors of their situation,
and the heavy seas came each hour in lessened fury, as the water
thickened into 'sludge.' At eleven o'clock the tide was at its height;
the seas had ceased to sweep across the hogged and sunken hull, and a
sheet of thin ice reached from the shore to the vessel's side. Captain
Coffin tried the ice, and, finding that it would bear his weight,
decided to try to reach the Blockhouse Light, which shone brightly three
miles away.

"He summoned the others; but two of the others, who had persuaded him to
remain on board, were already frozen to death; the third decided to make
the attempt, but walked feebly and with uncertain steps, and about a
mile from the vessel succumbed to the piercing cold, falling into that
fatal sleep from which few ever waken, in this life at least. Coffin's
companion, a strong, hardy sailor, reached the light-house alive, but
swooned away, and could not be resuscitated; and Coffin barely escaped
with his life. He was terribly frost-bitten, but was thawed out in a
puncheon of cold water, the right foot, however, dropping off at the
ankle; but he escaped with life, after terrible suffering.

"The schooner sank, in the spring, at the edge of the channel, when the
moving ice forced her into deeper water; and at very low tides her
battered hull may still be seen by the passing boatman. But ever since
that fatal night, whenever a storm from that quarter is threatened, a
ball of fire is seen to emerge from the depths where lies the fated
packet, and to sway and swing above the water, as the signal lantern did
on the swaying mast of that doomed vessel. Then, if you but watch
patiently, the ball is seen to expand into a sheet of crimson light,
terribly and weirdly beautiful, until the eye can discern the shadowy
outline of a ship, or rather schooner, of fire, with hull and masts,
stays and sails; and then the apparition again assumes the shape of a
ball, which is lost in the sea.

"At times it appears twice or thrice in the same night, and often the
herring-fisher, after setting his nets along the bar, sees behind his
boat, as he nears the shore, the apparition of the 'packet light.' Since
that night of wreck and death, no dweller on this island has passed a
year without seeing it, and it is so common that its appearance awakens
no fear; and among the fishers of Point Prime, and the farmers of the
opposite shores, there are few who will not bear witness to the truth of
my story."

       *       *       *       *       *

"It is a little singular," said Risk, "that a ship is the only
inanimate object ever seen as an individual apparition. There are not
many of these ghostly ships on the seas, however. I do not remember to
have heard of more than one--that of the celebrated 'Flying Dutchman,'
off the Cape of Good Hope."

"It's no wonder, sir," said Lund, warmly, "that sailors suppose ships to
be haunted, and also to be capable of becoming ghosts themselves, when
you sit down and think how differently every one views a vessel, as
compared with a house, or store, or engine. Why, there are no two ships
alike, and two were never built just alike. There are lucky and unlucky
ships, and ships that almost steer themselves, while others need a whole
watch at the tiller in a dead calm. But I think that you are mistaken as
to the 'Flying Dutchman' being the only other 'flyer,' as the sailors
call them, for they are often seen in the Pacific, in the 'Trades.'"

"I can't swear to the truth of Mr. Lund's story, but I can affirm that
the 'fire ship' is a myth, universally recognized among the sea-going
population of our coast, from the Florida Keys to the mouth of the St.
Lawrence. Off the coral reefs, the crime-accursed slaver or pirate
haunts the scene of her terrible deeds. Amid the breakers of Block
Island, the ship wrecked, a generation ago, by the cruel avarice of men
long since dead, still revisits the fatal spot when the storm is again
on the eve of breaking forth in resistless fury. The waters of Boston
harbor, two centuries ago, presented to the wondering eyes of 'divers
sober and godly' persons, apparitions similar to those narrated by our
veracious friend, the captain. The lumberers of the St. John tell, with
bated breath, of an antique French caravel, which sails up the Carleton
Falls, where no mortal vessel or steamer can follow. And the farmers and
fishermen of Chester Bay still see the weird, unearthly beacon which
marks the spot where the privateer Teaser, chased by an overwhelming
English fleet, was hurled heavenward by the desperate act of one of her
officers, who had broken his parole. As for the Gulf, the myth exists in
a half dozen diverse forms, and all equally well authenticated by
hundreds of eye-witnesses, if you can believe the narrators."

"Well, La Salle, I see you don't put much more faith in my story than in
the thing I saw the night you came here. Now, I hope it won't be so, for
it is borne in my mind, and I can't get over it, that I shall see some
of you vanish into mist, as I saw those men. So, gentlemen, be very
careful, for I fear that some of us are very near their fate."

       *       *       *       *       *

There is a cord of fear in every man's heart which throbs more or less
responsively to the relation of the wonders of that "debatable land,"
which, by some, is believed to lie "on the boundaries of another world."
La Salle felt impressed in spite of himself, and the whole party seemed
grave and unwilling to pursue the subject. The silence was, however,
broken by Kennedy.

"I am going home to-morrow," said he, "and therefore am not likely to be
one of the unfortunates over whom a mysterious but melancholy fate
impends. I have never found in the Tribune anything calculated to
encourage a belief in ghosts of men, or vessels either; and what Horace
Greeley can't swallow I can't. But I shall make minutes of this little
matter, and if anything does happen, will forward a full account, in
detail, to that truly great man. Come, La Salle; it's time we were abed.
Good night, gentlemen."

[Illustration]




CHAPTER V.

A MAD SPORTSMAN.--SNOW-BLIND.--A NIGHT OF PERIL.


The next morning shone bright and clear, and the gunners were at their
posts in expectation of a good day's sport. They looked in vain,
however, for any indications of open water, and a hole, sunk with the
axe to the depth of eighteen inches, failed to reach salt water,
although several layers of sweet, fresh water were struck; and the
little hollow furnished them many draughts of an element nowhere more
welcome than upon the spring ice. The sun shone brightly, their faces,
still sore and feverish with yesterday's exposure, became sorer than
ever, and the neck became chafed wherever it rubbed against the coat
collar.

Still, these were minor evils amid the excitement of their occupation,
for many flocks of wild geese were seen; and the appearance of a flock,
however remote, is always the signal for every gunner to get under cover
at once. A small flock of seven were completely destroyed that morning,
in a manner that deserves recording here.

They were first seen striking in from the Gulf, and swinging well to
leeward,--for the wind was westerly,--scaled in to the stand occupied by
Davies and Creamer, who were lying down taking their noon lunch, and
received no warning of their approach until they saw the flock scaling
over their heads. Seizing their guns, both fired as quickly as possible,
Ben a little the first. His first barrel missed, but the second, aimed
at the same bird, brought it down. Creamer's first barrel went off in
the act of cocking, in the hurry and agitation of the surprise; and
letting the muzzle of his gun drop, he stood stupidly gazing at the
departing flock, until roused by Davies's "Give them t'other barrel, any
way." Raising his gun, he fired instantly, and killed a fine gander,
which fell dead a hundred and twelve yards from the stand.

As if blinded by the unexpected danger, the remaining five swung just
inside of the ice-boat, where La Salle and his companion, who had seen
them from the first, picked out a brace at long but practicable range,
while the retreating birds flew up the channel towards Nine Mile Creek,
where two more fell to Risk and the elder Davies. For over an hour the
remaining bird flew with clamorous cries about the scene of his
bereavement, until a stranger, who had erected an ice-house, and placed
a few rude decoys a few hundred yards from the bar, called him down, and
fired a shot which dropped him on the ice.

[Illustration: "GIE ME MY GUSE, MON, AND DINNA DELAY ME." Page 97.]

He seemed to be little hurt, however; for, getting to his feet, he
walked rapidly away in the direction of the sea ice, followed by the
stranger, who did not attempt to use the long gun which he carried with
him even when the bird took wing and flew heavily between the ice-houses
on the East Bar, where a long shot from La Salle's gun brought him down
dead. La Salle brought in the bird, and while reloading his gun, the
stranger came up and claimed it as his.

He was a tall, lean, sharp-featured man, with long, lank hair, a dark
complexion, and large lack-luster eyes, imbedded in cavernous hollows.
His gun was not loaded, nor did he wear either shot-bag or powder-horn;
and his weapon, an ancient Highland Scotch "fusee" changed to
percussion, seemed as worn out and dilapidated as the owner.

"Gie me my guse, mon, and dinna delay me, for I hae much to do the day,
and I munna be hindered in my mission," was the strange salutation of
the original, as he leaned upon his gun at the side of the boat.

"You are welcome to your goose, friend, although I fear that you would
have had a long chase, if the Baby there had not put in her word in the
matter. Here is your bird, sir;" and La Salle handed the body to the
unknown, who, after examining it closely, sighed heavily, and
replied,--

"It's a braw bird, but it's nae the king o' the geese."

"The king of the geese, friend? What do you mean?" said Kennedy,
sharply.

"O, naething; that is, naething to ye, sirs; but to me, O yes, to me
everything. Ah," said he, plaintively, "how mony days hae I sat through
storm, and frost, and sleet! how mony nights hae I watched in the still
moonlight, amang the reedy creeks! how mony times I hae weized a slug
through a bird a'maist amang the clouds! but I hae had a' my labor in
vain, in vain."

"But how do you know that you have not already shot the king of the
geese?" said La Salle, anxious to investigate the peculiar monomania of
this poor lunatic; for such, indeed, he evidently was.

"Why, mon," said he, evidently surprised at the absurdity of the
question, "by his croun, of course. The king has ae braw croun o' white
an black fedders, an' I'se reckon ye's never seen a guse like that
ava'--hae ye now?" he asked, anxiously.

"I have never seen any such bird," said La Salle; "but why do you care
so much about shooting this rare bird?"

"Weel, I'll tell ye, sin ye were kin' till me, an' did na keep the guse
fra' me. Ye must promise me that ye will na try to kill it wi' your ain
hands, for I must kill it mysel'."

"We promise," said La Salle, encouragingly, while Kennedy gave a
half-pitying nod of the head.

"Weel, when I was young I cared for naething but the gun, an' mony a
beating I got for wark negleckit, an' schule-days wasted in the woods,
or on the ice. As I grew older I cared more an' more for huntin', an'
although I killed mair than ony three in the settlement, I was never
satisfied. Ance I sat here on a could day in April; the ice had gane off
the bar, but the flats were yet covered, and I knew that until the win'
changed the ice would not be carried off.

"Sae, as I sat an' saw the breakers roolin' in an' breakin' an' heavin'
the outer ice, I saw mony flecks pass under the lee of the Governor's
Island, an' then I grew mad like, an' swore an' cursed at my ill luck.

"'Ay, my lad, but you're right;' an' turnin', I saw an ould man wi' dark
eyes an' a coat of black furs stannin' beside me.

"'I've seen i' the Bible,' said I, 'that man was gi'en "dominion ower
the beasts o' the earth an' the fowls o' the air," but I canna do as I'd
wush wi' thae cursed geese ower there.'

"'Verra richt; ye're verra richt, young man,' said he. 'What wud ye gie
to be able to kill as mony fowl as ye list, an' never miss ava?'

"It seemed as I were mad at th' thocht. 'I'd gie my saul,' said I.

"'Well, hae your wish, laddie,' said he; 'it's a sma' penny fee for so
dear a bargain;' and, turnin', I fand mysel' alone, an' not a saul upon
the ice, far or near. Weel, that day I killed birds until I had nae mair
pouther an' grit-shot; an' ilka day I went I had the like luck; but my
min' was ill at ease, an' I grew sad, an' dared na gae to prayers, or
the kirk; for then hell seemed to yawn under me. At last they said I was
mad, an' I went awee tae th' 'sylum yonder i' th' town, an' then I gat
some sleep; an' ane nicht I saw in a dream a woman a' in white, an' she
laid her cool, moist han' on my hot forehead, an' tauld me she would
save me yet. 'It was th' auld enemy that ye forgathered wi' on th' ice,
an' ye are his until ye can kill th' king o' th' geese; an' then ye ken
whaever carries his croun o' black an' white feathers can unnerstand th'
language o' all fowl, an', wha' is more, call them to himsel', sae that
he canna' fail to hae his wull o' them. Then, laddie, ye wull hae earned
yoursel' th' penny-fee for whilk ye hae perilled your saul.

"'But,' said she, 'my ain bairn, when ye hae won the croun, use it na'
at all, though a' the fiends fra' hell tempted ye, but carry it to the
kirkyard at mirk midnight; an' when ye hae cannily lichted a bit bleeze,
burn the king's croun, an' say wha' I shall tell ye. "I gie back more
than I hae taken, an' I rest on Christ's smercy;" an' then shall ye be
safe an' happy if ye fail na' to be constant in gude warks.'

"Then, sirs, the vision faded, an' I woke calmer an' happier than for
many a lang day; an' a few days after, they aye sent me hame, but the
folk say I've a bit bee in my bannet yet. But sin' that time, I hae
hunted a' I can. I get mony birds, an'," lowering his voice, "yesterday
I killed thretty-seven."

A long whistle from the astonished Kennedy broke up the conference, and
the offended lunatic walked angrily away.

"He hasn't had a gun until to-day, to my certain knowledge," said
Kennedy; "and I saw him yesterday afternoon taking aim at a goose that
had lighted among his decoys, along the helve of his axe."

"Well, well! No one believed him, of course; but, for Heaven's sake,
when you express incredulity again, wait until the lie is finished, if I
am in the party!" grumbled La Salle.

"Well, never mind; he got through with the best part of it; and the
great wonder is, how a distempered brain could imagine all that
impossible but well-connected delusion."

"Kennedy," said La Salle, with unusual gravity, "how can we decide that
it is all a delusion? Few men, indeed, have claimed to see the devil, to
whom they sell themselves daily for trifles lighter than the hunter's
meed of unrivaled success; and who can say that the story of yonder
madman is more or less than the fruit of the idle habits and unbridled
temper which burned up happiness, and consumed his reason? There are few
who go mad who would have done so had they at the first governed and
denied themselves, and been content to enjoy in reason the benefits of
the great Giver."

"There is much that is true in what you say, and I've got a piece in
this very Tribune which bears on that point. I'll read it to you. Hang
me if ever I saw the like! Where's Davies' ice-house? Is there a fog
coming up, or am I dizzy?"

"O, that's nothing," said La Salle, laughing. "You're only going
blind--snow-blind, I mean. You know that Kane tells about his people
using goggles to prevent snow-blindness; and you left yours off
yesterday and to-day."

"Well, it's a curious thing. I can barely see you now; and I know I
could not find my way home to save my life. But what shall I do? Will it
last long?"

"If I had but a handkerchief full of clay, I could cure it in half an
hour; but lie down in the straw, and get your head under the half-deck,
where you can see neither sun nor snow, and I think you will rest
yourself enough to see pretty well by the time we want to go home."

But Kennedy was fated to lie in impatient helplessness during the
remainder of the afternoon. Several fine flocks came in to the decoys;
and La Salle, using the double-barrel first, and firing the huge
duck-gun at long range, killed three, and sometimes four, out of each
flock, while Kennedy groaned in anguish of spirit. At last he could bear
it no longer.

"Keep close, Kennedy; there's another flock coming, and the finest I've
seen this year. There's twenty at the least, and they're coming right
in."

"Give me my gun, Charley. I can't see much, but I can a little, and I
can fire where I hear them call. This is my last day; for Patrick is
coming out to-night with the boys, and I go in with them. Where are the
birds now?"

"Right dead to leeward. Ah-h-huk! ah-h-huk! Here they come, low down,
and ready to light. Ah-h-huk! ah-h-huk! Now, Kennedy, can you see them?"

"Yes; that is, I see something like flies in a black gauze net. Are
those geese?"

"Yes, and close to us; so up and fire."

Bang! bang! crashed the heavy double-barrel, with both reports nearly
blended in one, and Kennedy was driven back by the recoil against the
rear top board of the boat. Nearly bursting with laughter, La Salle
"lined" the flock as they swung off, killing and wounding three.

"Are you hurt, Kennedy?" he inquired, jumping out of the boat to catch
the wounded birds.

"Dot buch, but by dose bleeds a little, a'd I've cut by lip. How baddy
have I killed, Charley? for I cad see dothing," inquired the victim,
anxiously.

"One, two, three, four, FIVE, by jingo! Faith, you've beat the crowd, so
far, this spring, and when you were stone-blind, almost, at that. Well,
it's pretty dark, and we'd better be getting home now, I think."

The geese were picked up, and, with the others,--about twenty in
all,--were loaded upon the "taboggin," which the two hunters with some
difficulty drew through the drifts to the house where, on their arrival,
they found that Pat had arrived from the city with some small stores,
papers, letters, &c., but the boys had not accompanied him.

"They'll be out on skates wid Carlo and his slid on Monday," he said.
"Now, Misther Kennedy, whiniver you're ready, ye'll find me to the fore
in the kitchen."

"Mr. Kennedy mustn't go until he gives us a story in his turn. Now the
moon rises to-night, at about nine o'clock, and it will be much
pleasanter and safer on the ice by moonlight. What say you, Pat?"

"Faith, I'm agreeable, and I'd a little rather, to tell the truth; for
there's an ugly bit of road across the Pint there."

"Well, Kennedy will have time to eat supper, and then we'll have his
story, when it will be time for us to go to bed, and just right for him
to start for town."

"Or, in other words," said La Salle, "it will be 'time for honest folk
to be abed, and rogues on the road.'"

All sat down to supper, including Pat, to whom a plate of roast goose
and two or three cups of strong, hot, black tea were very refreshing
after his ten-mile drive; and then, after the little preparations for
the next day's shooting, and Kennedy's little arrangements for his
departure, the little group gathered round the blazing hearth, and
Kennedy, with some little hesitation, began the story of


"A NIGHT OF PERIL.

"I am but a short man, and, as my time is short, you must not complain
if my story is short, too.

"I am not so imaginative as the captain; I haven't pestered all the old
men and women of the island to death for legends and stories, like my
friend Charley here, who will surely bore you to death when his turn
comes; I am sure I cannot make you laugh as Hughie and Mr. Risk have
done with their very interesting narratives, and I can only detail a
little adventure which I unexpectedly got into on this coast last
summer, and which I as unexpectedly got out of alive."

"You mean your crossing the straits in a sixteen-foot boat?" said
Captain Lund. "I want to hear about that myself."

"Well, in the early part of last August, my wife and I decided to visit
some friends, who reside a few miles up the River Jean, on the opposite
side of the straits, I suppose about twenty miles from here. We could
reach no port by steamer that was nearer our destination than Pictou,
and there remained a long, tedious stage ride when we got there. I
concluded to take a boat, and procured of Frank Stanley a little
row-boat, with a spritsail for running before the wind; for I intended
to choose my own time for crossing. We set out from C. early one
morning, and arrived in the afternoon after a very pleasant passage, and
we enjoyed our visit to that section very much.

"After waiting a day or two for a fair wind down the river, we set sail,
but, owing to the lightness of the breeze, were nearly all the afternoon
in getting down. Still, on reaching the harbor, I determined to proceed,
as the lights on both shores could be plainly seen, and I did not like
to lose a favorable wind.

"Accordingly I put boldly out, heading for Point Prime Light, although
my mind misgave me a little as I got clear of the lee of the land; for
the sea rose rapidly, and a tremendous breeze, each moment growing
stronger, carried us on with frightful rapidity. When we were about half
way across, the wind was blowing a gale, and it was only for a moment,
while on the crest of the waves, that I could see the light for which I
was steering.

"The spray was breaking over us so that my wife had to bale continually
to keep our craft free, and I dared not leave the helm to lessen sail,
although I expected that each slat of the canvas, as we took the wind on
the crest of a wave, would run us under, or carry away the mast, and
leave us at the mercy of the waves.

"On we went before the breeze, darting down into the hollow between two
seas, toiling heavily up the next wave, with death apparently close
behind on the crests of two or three pursuing breakers, and then, with a
puff which made every timber and plank quiver, the gale would almost
lift us through a breaking wall of white foam, and, with more or less of
the sea aboard, away we would go down the incline, a plaything of a
boat, with a frightened little man at the tiller, and a little woman
baling incessantly, with nerves that never gave way for a moment in our
long struggle for life.

"I felt that if I could get that sprit down we were safe; but my wife
dared not attempt it, and she would not trust herself at the tiller.
Fortunately the boat steered 'very small,' and seizing my opportunity, I
set the tiller amidships, darted forward, cleared the end of the sprit
from its becket, and got back just in time to meet her as she began to
broach to, on the crest of a wave, which nearly half filled us with
water.

"I felt now as if we were safe; for no longer cumbered with a press of
sail, we shipped less water, and had a better chance to lay out our
course. Keeping Point Prime Light, as I supposed, well to starboard, I
headed up the bay, seeking to make the Blockhouse Light, when suddenly I
saw the coast dead ahead, and a bar, which must have been the West Bar,
which I dared not attempt to cross.

"I therefore bore away until I made a harbor, and running in, got aboard
a vessel, from whose captain I learned that we had mistaken the
Blockhouse Light for that on Point Prime, and had at last made Crapaud
River."

"Leaving the boat to be brought around by the next steamer, we drove up
to town the next day, and found, to our surprise, that we had crossed
close on the heels of that hurricane, which unroofed so many buildings,
and uprooted so many trees. I consider that passage as the most stirring
incident in my short life, gentlemen, and in the language of an old
story, 'my wife thinks so, too.'"

       *       *       *       *       *

"And you may well think so, Mr. Kennedy," said Lund. "For all the money
in the banks of C. wouldn't tempt me to run the risk, the almost
certainty, of death, I mean, that you two did. Your wife is a brave
woman, sir, and there are very few men who would have borne themselves
as she did."

"Well, gentlemen, I see Pat is ready, and I must bid you good night.
Charley, I'll give the boys the list of things you want them to bring
out Monday. I suppose you'll get through in a couple of weeks, and come
back to civilized life. Good night."

Followed by a dozen expressions of adieu and goodwill, the travellers
entered the sleigh, and drove merrily off on the ice. Charley stood
still a moment alone in the moonlight, listening to the last tinkle of
the bells as they died away in the distance.

"What nonsense to stand here bareheaded, and getting cold! and yet it
seems as if something urged me to go back to the city. Yet, why should I
dread anything here? or rather, why should I fear anything with such a
prospect as I have before me?"

He turned, and entered the house; a dainty letter from his betrothed,
brought that night from the city, lay upon his breast; but honey and
gall mingled strangely in its offerings, and many a bitter word bore
heavy on his heart. No one of all that merry party was readier for song,
or jest, or manly sport, than he; and yet he, too, had his share of that
bitter cup which mortals call sorrow.

[Illustration]




CHAPTER VI.

ADDITIONS TO THE PARTY.--AN INDIAN OUTFIT.--A CONTESTED ELECTION.


The following day was Sunday, and was spent as most Sabbaths are spent
by similar parties in such out-of-the-way places. A few members of the
household drove off across the ice of the Western Bar to a little
country church; but the goose-shooters cared not to display their half
savage dress, and tanned and blistered faces, to the over-close
inspection of the church-going farmers and their curious "_women
folks_."

Accordingly, Risk passed most of the day luxuriously stretched out on
the sofa, reading the Church Magazine, while Davies, on the opposite
side of the fire, in the recesses of an arm-chair covered with a buffalo
robe, devoted the larger portion of his time to the Weekly Wesleyan.
Creamer, after a cursory glance at a diminutive prayer-book, spent most
of the day in a comparison of sea-going experiences and apocryphal
adventures with Captain Lund, in much the same manner as two redoubtable
masters of fence employ their leisure in launching at each other's
impregnable defence, such blows as would prove mortal against less
skilled antagonists.

By the middle of the afternoon Lund had related his sixth story, being
the veracious history of how one Louis McGraw, a famous fishing-skipper
of Mingan, rode out a tremendous gale on the Orphan Bank, with both
cables out, the storm-sail set, her helm lashed amidships, and the crew
fastened below as tightly as possible. It is hardly worth while to
detail how the crew were bruised and battered by the terrible rolling of
the schooner; it may be left to the imagination of the intelligent
reader when he learns that, when the storm abated, the skipper found,
besides innumerable "kinks" in the cables, and sea-weed in the rigging,
_both topmasts broken short off_, indubitable proof, to the nautical
mind, that the Rechabite had been rolled over and over again, like an
empty barrel, in that terrible sea.

Creamer had just begun, by way of retaliation, his favorite "yarn" of
the ingenious diplomacy of one Jem Jarvis, his father's uncle, who,
being wrecked "amongst the cannibals of Rarertonger," with a baker's
dozen of his shipmates, escaped the fate of his less accomplished
comrades by his skill on the jewsharp, and an especial talent for
dancing the double-shuffle, so that they gave him a hut to himself, two
wives, and all he could eat, until he broke his jewsharp, and got fat
and lazy, and then there was nothing to do but to run for it.

How Creamer's paternal relative extricated himself from his precarious
position will never be known, as, at this juncture, Ben and La Salle,
respectively, weary of playing a limited _repertoire_ of psalm-tunes on
the concertina, and reading the musty records of a long-forgotten
"_Sederunt_ of the quarterly Synod," as detailed in an old number of the
Presbyterian Witness, interrupted the prolonged passage at arms by an
invitation, to all so disposed, "to take a walk around the island."

Lund, who had misgivings as to his ability to give Creamer "a Roland for
his Oliver," rose at once, and Creamer acceding more reluctantly, the
four set off, through a narrow wood-path, to a cleared field near the
western extremity of the island.

At the verge of this field, a cliff of red sandstone, ribbed and seamed
by centuries of weather-wear and beat of sea, overlooked the ample bay
which opens into the Straits of Northumberland at their widest point.
Before them it lay covered with huge level ice-fields, broken only where
tide and storm had caused an upheaval of their edges, or a berg,
degraded and lessened of its once lordly majesty, it is true, but still
grand even in its decay, rose like a Gothic ruin amid a snow-covered and
desolate plain.

The sun was declining in the west, but his crimson rays gave warmth to
the picture, and the still air had, as it were, a foretaste of the
balmy revivifying warmth of spring. In the woods, close at hand, were
heard the harsh cawing of the crow, the shrill scream of the blue-jay,
and the garrulous chatter of many a little family of warm-furred,
pine-cone-eating little red squirrels.

Neither was animal life wanting elsewhere to complete the picture. On
the ice could be counted, in different directions, no less than
seventeen flocks of Canada geese, some of them apparently on the watch,
but the major part lying down, and evidently sleeping after their long
and wearisome migration. In a single diminutive water-hole below the
cliff, which probably marked the issue of one of the many subterranean
springs of the islet, a half-dozen tiny ouac-a-wees, or Moniac ducks,
swam and dove in conscious security.

"I can't see any open water yet," said Creamer, "although it looks to me
a little like a water-belt, alongshore, inside Point Prime."

"There's no more water-belt there," said Lund, "than there was music in
your great-uncle's jewsharp; but there's a spot off to the sou'-west
that looks to me a little like blue water."

"Blue water, indeed!" retorted Creamer; "who ever saw blue water on
soundings! I'll lay a plug of navy tobacco there isn't open water enough
there away to float La Salle's gunning-float comfortably."

"Well, Hughie," slowly replied the practiced pilot, who was really
little disposed to vaunt his knowledge of coast and weather, "the tide
will soon decide whether you or I, or both of us, are right. It is just
full flood now, and the ice is pressed in so against the land, that I
know there can be no openings along the Point, and but very small ones
where I think it looks like one. It seems to me that a water-vapor is
rising out there, by yonder high pinnacle just in range of the pool
below the ice-foot; but the tide will soon let us know if there are any
large leads open within a dozen miles."

"There's a sign in your favor," cried La Salle, pointing in the
direction of the supposed 'lead.' "There's a flock of Brent geese, and
they can't live away from open water. See, Ben, they are heading right
in for the East Bar, and if we were only there we might depend upon a
shot."

La Salle was right; the flock of birds, identified plainly by their
smaller size, their tumultuous order of flying, and especially by their
harsh, rolling call, like a pack of hounds in cry, swept in from sea,
wheeled around one of the resting flocks of Canada geese, alighted near
them, took flight again, and, sweeping in an irregular course over and
among the higher points of the icy labyrinth, disappeared behind the
eastern promontory, as if in search of the open water, which winter had
so securely locked up in icy bonds.

As the sun sank behind the neighboring firs, his reddening light fell on
a bright blue streak, which seemed to glow like a stream of quicksilver
between two heavy bodies of "piled ice." With the ebb, the narrow,
glittering canal began to widen, piercing nearer to the islet, until,
heading towards the westward, it lay little more than four miles from
the interested spectators. The shadowy pinions of many flocks of
water-fowl were seen exploring its course, and the neighboring geese,
one by one, took flight, and, with clamorous calls, winged their way to
its borders.

"I give it up," said Creamer.

"Never mind, Hughie," said Ben, "I'll pay the wager; for, with open
water so close to us, the first good storm will soon sweep the bay clear
to the bar."

"Yes, a sharp north-easter would soon do that for you; but all the heavy
winds may be northerly and westerly for three weeks to come yet," said
Lund; "I've known the ice to hold here until the first week of May."

"Well," returned La Salle, "I'm sure I hope it won't be so late this
year, for the stock of flour on the island is very small, and many of
the poor folks can't afford to buy any, and are living on potatoes
almost altogether. They say, too, that there is much suffering among the
farmers at the North Point."

"Yes," said Ben; "I saw a man from Lot Ten last week, and he said that
the French were eating their seed-grain, and feeding their cattle, or
such as were left alive, on birch and beech tops."

"That has happened often, since I can remember," said Lund, "and I
suppose is likely to after I am gone; but it seems to me that those
stupids might learn something by this time."

"It will occur to a greater or less degree, just as long as the island
is shut out from the rest of the world for nearly half the year. There
are few men who have any just estimate of the amount of provisions and
fodder necessary for the sustenance of a family and its cattle for so
long a period as a half year, and when accident, or the unwonted
backwardness of the season, increases the number of mouths, or the
length of the cold term, it is hard for the farmer to decide on
sacrificing the life of even a superannuated horse, or weakly yearling,
in time to benefit the more valuable survivors."

"You're right, Charley," said Creamer; "that's what my father's uncle
said, when he was a mate on board the Semyramsis, in the Ingy Ocean. The
ship was lost in a harricane, sir, and only seven was saved in the
captain's gig--six able-bodied seamen and one passenger, a fat little
army ossifer. So my great-uncle, who were bosin, made an observation,
and says he, 'There's just ten days' provision for seven men, and we're
twenty days to looard of Silly Bes (Celebes), if we only row ten miles a
day. Now, we must row twenty miles a day; an' to do that, we must have
full rations an' somethin' to spare. Besides, the boat ort to be lighter
to row well. So, as passengers don't count along of able-bodied seamen,
I move we just get rid of the major on economical principles. All in
favor say "Ay;" and they all said "ay" except the major, an' he just
turned as white as a sheet.' An' then my great-uncle asked him if he'd
got anything to say why the resolution o' that meetin' shouldn't be
carried out. Well, the major just grinned kind o' uggly, an' said that
'he liked to see things done methodistically, if it were a little
irregular, an' he'd give his 'pinion after the rest.' So my uncle went
on, an' said, 'All contrary say, "No."' Well, no one said 'no;' an' then
my great-uncle said, 'Well, major, nothin' remains but to carry out our
resolution; so please to vacate this boat; although, seein' as it's not
dinner time for some hours yet, there's no need of hurry, unless you
wish to have it over with.'

"'But,' says the major, 'your action is altogether unparlymentary. You
haven't heard a word from _my_ friends.'

"'Friends! there ain't any one here on your side o' the question.'

"'You're mistaken, my friend,' said the major; an' he drew from his belt
a long Indian dagger that had been hid under his coat; 'there's one, any
how.'

"'That ain't much account against a boat-hook,' said one of the men, as
he took one with a sharp spike from beneath the gunwale.

"'Lay that down, you beggar!' cried the little red-coat; and he pulled
out of each side-pocket a four-barreled pistol,--for there were no
revolvers in them days,--and the man laid down the boat-hook as quick as
a flash. 'Now, men,' said the little ossifer, 'you'll see that we number
at least ten, and there's only six of you. Ah, here's to make us a
little more ekil;' and he just fired at a noddy that was flying over,
and dropped him right into the stern-sheets. 'That'll help out our
rations some,' says he; 'and besides, you don't see what I'm sittin'
on;' and, sure enough, he had histed into the boat a basket of port an'
a whole case of cap'n's biscuit. 'Now,' says he, 'reconsider your
vardick.'

"An' they all voted down the first resolution, and he gave them a bottle
of port to mix with their water every day, and when they were drinking
the last bottle, they made Silly Bes, and got ashore all right; but my
uncle always said that his calculations was right, and that it showed
great weakness on the part of the men not to carry them out."

"Well, Hughie," said Ben, "you've kept us here a good half hour later
than tea time, and Mrs. Lund will think we've done well to waste her
time in listening to your stories."

"Well, we can see enough to assure us that the ice won't break up on the
bar to-morrow," said Lund; "but you may get your ice-boats ready at
once, for the next thaw, with a north-easter after it, will leave all
clear along the ship channel to the harbor's mouth."

There was quite a pleasurable excitement among the stay-at-homes at the
tea table, when the incipient breaking up of the ice was declared; for
on the proximity of narrow feeding-grounds to the ice-houses depended
the hopes of good sport of our adventurers. To be sure they had thus far
had nothing to complain of; but the geese killed had been merely
"flight" geese, weary with long migration, thin with want of food, and
seeking among the treacherous lures only a rest from their long
wandering in the safe companionship of their own kind.

Very shortly after supper the whole household retired, but, save the
accustomed prayers, which few, either Catholic or Protestant, forget in
that still "unsophisticated" land, it is to be feared that the Sabbath
was to them little but a literal "day of rest," in its purest physical
sense.

Monday morning a glassy look to the snow-crust induced the younger
members of the party to use their skates in going to their stands, and
as La Salle drew his from his feet to deposit them in his undisturbed
stand, his eyes caught, amid the distant ice-spires, the mazy flight of
what he took to be a flock of brent, headed in-shore.

Signaling to Davies to get under cover, he sprang into his own stand,
and, crouching amid the straw, hastily drew over his black fur cap his
linen havelock, and looking well to the priming of his gun, sought the
whereabouts of the swift-flying birds.

Unlike the slower Canada geese, these birds seldom fly high above the
surface of the water or ice when seeking food; and several times he lost
sight of the flock, as it darted around a berg, or swung round the
circle of some secluded valley of the ice-field.

"H-r-r-r-r-huk! H-r-r-r-r-huk!" Their barbarous clamor, insufficiently
rendered in the foregoing, suddenly sounded close to leeward, and close
up against the light north-wester then blowing came the beautiful
quarry, their small, black heads and necks showing as glossy as a
raven's wing, in contrast with the asheous hue of their wings, and the
pure white of other parts of their plumage. With a wild, tumultuous
rush, they circled in head-on over the decoys; and it was so quickly
done, that they had swept on fifty yards before La Salle could realize
that the leader of the flock was heading for Davies, and had no
intention of surging around to his lures again.

"It will never do to let them get the first brent," muttered La Salle.
"She has a long-range cartridge in, and I'll try them."

Turning on his knees, he raised the ponderous gun until it "lined" the
retreating flock, but elevated at least five feet above the birds, now
nearly two hundred yards away. The heavy concussion reverberated across
the ice, and the fatal cartridge tore through the distant flight,
picking out two of the twelve which composed the flock; and some of the
shot, as both Davies and Creamer afterwards averred, rattled smartly in
among their decoys nearly four hundred yards away. The remaining birds,
hurrying away from the dangers behind them, passed within range of
Davies and his companion, and left several of their number dead and
dying on the ice; but the first brent of the season had fallen to La
Salle's gun.

The day was mild and without wind, and as but few birds were flying, La
Salle coiled himself down in the sunny corner of his stand, and drawing
from his pocket the letter of which we have spoken in the last chapter,
gave it a careful and deliberate perusal. As he closed, a smile,
strangely expressing contempt, pity, and admiration, curled his lips, as
in low but audible tones, as is often the habit of the solitary hunter
or fisherman, he communed with his own heart.

"Ah, Pauline! time has brought no change to thy passionate, impulsive,
unreasoning heart; and what thy biting tongue may not say, the pen will
utter, though lapse of years and the waves of the Atlantic roll between
us. Is it not strange that a woman's letter to her betrothed, beginning
with 'My own love,' and ending 'Until death,' can contain eight
double-written pages of unreasonable blame, cruel innuendos, and
despicable revenge on the innocent? Well, we are betrothed, and should
have been married years ago, had not Fate or Providence stood in the
way; and I suppose her life at home is far from pleasant, for her
step-mother is not one to let a good marriage go by, without reminding
poor Paulie of my general worthlessness; but I must say that my better
financial and matrimonial prospects offer little hope of added
happiness."

His eye lit up a moment, and an expression of keen and almost cruel
intent contracted his gaze; then, with a look of disdain, he seemed to
throw off some evil influence, and a look of pity softened his face.

"Yes, if I were to resent these affronts--for such they are--with one
half the virulence which animates them, her pride would alienate us
forever, and I should be free. There are few who would blame me, and
many who would scorn to do aught else. In truth I am almost decided to
answer this precious _billet-doux_ in the same vein in which it was
written. Ah, it was not all delusion that made yonder madman think that
evil spirits haunt these icy wastes. It was not thus I felt when
together we voyaged across that summer sea; and the vows we plighted
then may not lightly be broken. I will answer patiently, and as becomes
the past. As to the future, it will bring due reward or punishment here
or hereafter."

From these somewhat morbid self-communings, which we introduce for a
purpose hereafter to be disclosed, La Salle started, seized his
glittering skates, and taking his gun, glided with long, powerful
strokes across the inner bay towards the ice-houses of the other party,
which lay within the embouchure of Trois-Lieue Creek. The ice was
almost perfectly level, save where a heavy drift had formed a small
mound around which it was better to steer, although the sleety crust had
frozen so hard that the broad-runnered Belgian skates would run almost
anywhere. At the first ice-house he found Risk and Davies, who had done
little or nothing for some days, and talked of going home at the end of
the week.

"Indian Peter gets about all the geese that go through here, and there's
little show for us," said Davies.

"Where is his ice-house?" asked La Salle.

"Just up the cove--the nearest of those two," answered Risk.

"I guess I'll have a look at his outfit, and then go and meet the boys
at the block-house, for they have never been here before, and the track
can't be very plain now." So saying, La Salle skated up to the Indian
stand, almost half a mile distant.

"One-armed Peter," as he was commonly called among his tribesmen, had
neither the means nor the inclination to deviate much from the
traditionary usages of his tribe, and was found kneeling, or, rather,
"sitting man-fashion," as the vernacular Micmac hath it, although we
call it "tailor-fashion," within a circular, fort-like enclosure, some
twelve feet in circumference, and with walls about three feet high.

The latter were composed of thick slabs of ice placed on edge, and
cemented together by frozen water, while tiny apertures, cut here and
there, enabled the crouching hunters to note every foot of the approach
of their wary game. A few of the decoys were of pine wood, rudely carved
out and _burnt_ to something like the natural coloring of the bird they
were intended to represent; but a large proportion of them were
"sea-weed" or "spruce" decoys; that is, bunches of the weather-bound
sea-wrack, or bundles of evergreen twigs, made about the shape and size
of the body of a goose.

These were elevated on blocks of snow-ice, which strikingly imitated, at
a little distance, the hue of the under feathers, and a fire-blackened
stake set in the ice, at one end, with a collar of white birch bark at
its junction, completed the rude but effective imitation. Such are the
appliances which a hundred years ago brought the geese in thousands
under the arrows of all the many tribes which range between the Straits
of Canso and the most northern inhabited regions about Hudson's Bay.

Within the enclosure a few armfuls of fir branches--laid upon the hard
ice, and kept carefully clear of snow, formed a soft floor, on which now
sat three hunters, Peter, and Jacob, and Louis Snake, much younger men
than he of the one arm. Each sat enveloped in the folds of a dingy
blanket, and their guns rested against the icy walls--two of them
rickety, long-barreled flint-locks; but Peter's new acquisition, a true
"stub-twist," Hollis's double, was as good a fowling-piece as any
sportsman needs.

True to their customs, the Indians were taciturn enough, although Peter
thanked La Salle rather warmly for his new weapon.

"I find 'em good gun; not miss since I got 'em. Give t'other gun my
nethew." And he pointed to the worst looking of the two antiquated
weapons, as Cleopatra may have surveyed her rather costly
drink-offering, with visible misgiving as to such reckless liberality.

"You were very kind, Peter. I suppose he has no family," said La Salle,
smiling.

"Yes, me _berry_ kind my peeple," suavely responded the chief, a just
pride beaming in his eyes. "That young man no family yet--only squaw
now."

"It is evident that the average Indian doesn't understand a joke,"
muttered La Salle, as he said "Good by" to the motley trio, and darted
off to meet a distant group, which he rightly judged to be the expected
boys.

Twenty minutes later he had joined the little party, who were proceeding
at a slow dog-trot around the shores, instead of taking the direct
course across the ice, which, being deemed unsafe by them, had wisely
been avoided; for no one can be too cautious on ice of which they know
nothing.

George Waring, the only son of La Salle's employer, skated ahead of his
companion, who was evidently of other than Caucasian origin, in part at
least. The skater was a tall, fresh-complexioned, slender youth, of
about seventeen, bold, active, and graceful in his movements, but having
the appearance of one whose growth had been a little too rapid for an
equal development of health and strength; and indeed it was only on
condition that he should submit carefully to the directions of La Salle
that his father had consented to the present expedition.

His companion was, perhaps, a year older, but rather short and
thick-set, with features in which the high cheek-bones and coppery hue
of the American showed very prominently. La Salle had fallen in with him
at the Seven Islands, on the Labrador coast, the year before, and
employed him as a pilot to the Straits of Belle Isle. He called himself
Regnar Orloff, was of tremendous strength for one of his years, and
although apparently lazy, and somewhat fleshy, could move quickly
enough, and to purpose, in time of need.

Now, however, he rested one knee on the only unoccupied portion of a
large, light sled, drawn by the third member of the party, a powerful
dog of the Newfoundland species, which he was evidently training into
some little excellence as a sledge-dog. It was only an added virtue,
even if complete; for noble old Carlo had already excellences enough to
canonize a dozen individual canines. He was strong, sagacious, peaceably
inclined, but a terrible foe when aroused; could eat anything, carry a
man in the water, watch any place, team, or article, hold a horse, beat
for snipe or woodcock, lie motionless anywhere you might designate,
retrieve anywhere on land, water, or ice, and loved a gun as well as his
young master, La Salle.

[Illustration: "WELL, GEORGE, YOU'RE HERE AT LAST."--Page 127.]

"Well, George, you're here at last," cried La Salle, as he came up. "How
is everything in town, and what's the news?"

"O, nothing out of the common. All are well. The governor gave a ball
Wednesday, and the House dissolves next week. We've had plenty of geese
to eat, but we wanted to kill some; and so here we are."

"How are you, Regnie? Getting tired of civilization, and wanting to get
back to the ice?"

"Ha, ha, ha! Yes, master, just so. After I see Paris and Copenhagen, I
do very well, keep quite satisfied. But when I shut up in large city
like C., I think it too much. I feel lonesome, want to get back to the
wild'ness."

"And how does Carlo learn sleighing?"

"O, he does well enough. He can't be taught right, for it would be too
bad to use Greenland whip; but I make this little one, and can drive
very well;" and as he spoke, he held up a wand of supple whalebone,
tipped with a slender "snapper" of plaited leather, and lightly touching
the noble animal with the harmless implement, the dog gave a playful
bark, and started off on an easy trot.

"We strike off here for those black specks yonder," said La Salle; "but
what is coming behind us, George?"

"O, that is Dolland, Venner, and that set; and I guess they'll have 'a
high old time,' and no mistake."

"Well, let's take an observation, boys, and then we'll set off."

And, stopping, the party turned to survey a spectacle truly annoying to
any true sportsman, whatever may be his views on the temperance
question.

Advancing in their rear came a truck-sled, loaded with what, although
evidently a miscellaneous freight, was largely composed of liquor; for a
goodly ale-keg formed the driver's seat, a bottle-hamper the pinnacle of
the load, and a half dozen young men, who were perched wherever a seat
presented itself, filled the air with loud, and oft-repeated shouts and
roaring songs, whose inspiration could plainly be traced to certain
bottles, jugs, and flasks, with which each in turn "took an observation"
of the heavens, at about every other hundred yards. An expression of
disgust on La Salle's deeply-tanned face gradually gave way to
resignation, and then a well-founded hope irradiated his features; a new
movement of the crowd attracted his attention.

"Well, boys," he exclaimed, "you're in luck to have such a gang to come
out with, and you may count on having little or no sport to-day and
to-morrow; but they'll have to go in, in three days at farthest."

"Why so?" asked the boys, in a breath.

"Because their rum won't last them more than forty-eight hours,
especially with the amateur aid they'll get from the driver; and twelve
hours after that event takes place, they'll be in town again. But come,
they are getting near us, and are loading their guns; so let's leave
before the vicinage is dangerous."

"Why, Charley," said Waring, in astonishment, "there's no danger. Those
fellows wouldn't shoot at us. I know them."

"And so do I, my dear fellow; and that's just the reason I want to get
out of the way. If I didn't know what drunken men will do in the way of
'sporting casualties,' or felt certain that their object was to shoot
us, I should feel perfectly easy on the subject;" and setting off at
full speed, followed by Waring and the sledge, La Salle led the way to
the ice-houses, which they reached about an hour before sunset.

Drawing up by the boat, La Salle examined the load of the day, and from
it took a little case made of a candle-box with stout hinges and a
padlock. He opened it, and found, as he had ordered, a "Crimean
cooking-lantern," with spring candlestick and a pound of candles, a
small tin canister of coffee, another of sugar, some pilot bread, and
several boxes of sardines. Taking all but two of the latter from the
box, he relocked it, and carefully removing the matted straw in the
stern of his boat, placed the box under the decking, and replacing the
compressed straw, effectually hid it from sight.

"We can now have a lunch, with a hot cup of coffee, whenever we please,
and you will find some weather even yet when it will be very welcome.
Come, let us go home to-night, and get ready for to-morrow's
_charivari_, for noise will not be wanting, although game may;" and
adding his brent to the load, La Salle covered his boat, and, joined by
Davies and Creamer, who greeted the boys warmly, all went up to their
welcome, if somewhat narrow, quarters.

After tea, which boasted of fried bacon and eggs, the usual circle was
formed, and Mr. Davies, being called upon to entertain the company, said
that he was "not much of a story-teller, but had learned some facts
relating to a terrible political tumult, which took place years ago, but
was still spoken of everywhere on the island as the great 'Belfast
Riot.' I shall term it, unless some one offers a better name, the most
lively specimen we ever had of


"A CONTESTED ELECTION.

"It need hardly be said, in this company, that an election among us is a
far more exciting occasion than among our less-favored American
neighbors, who ignore the superior advantages of voting _viva voce_, and
adopt the less manly and unobtrusive medium of the ballot.

"Why, gentlemen, I venture to say, that our little capital town of C.,
with its thousand votes, presents more stir, makes more noise, drinks
more whiskey, and is the arena of more fistic science and club play,
during an ordinary election, than any city in New England, of four times
the population, during a presidential struggle. The open polling-booths
in the heart of the city surrounded by crowds of intelligent (and
highly-excited) voters; the narrow gangways crowded, rain or shine, by
those immediately claiming the right of suffrage; the narrow precincts
of the sheriff's court, the sublime majesty of that important officer;
the ineffable serenity of the city clerk; the various bearings of the
candidates or their representatives; the frantic efforts of a few
uniformed police to keep order; the evident and good-natured
determination of the crowd that the aforesaid officials shall 'have
their hands full;' the loud voices and sharp questions of the
challengers and their victim; the dainty bits of family history made
public property; the overbearing insolence of the old lawyers, and the
overweening impudence of the young ones; the open taverns; the rival
carriages for the accommodation of doubtful, drunken, and lazy voters,
together with the lively little incidents which diversify the picture as
the culminating glory of these various provocative elements,--form a
picture which it hath not entered into the heart of the average American
citizen to conceive of.

"But, however lively the picture, an election in these degenerate later
days is but a tame affair compared with those which took place during
my first years of labor in political matters. As all know, the island
was given away on one day to certain individuals, on conditions of which
nothing more may be said here than that one was, that a certain number
of settlers were to be placed on each estate within a given number of
years. Accordingly, from almost every section of the British Isles, the
proprietors sought out such emigrants as could most easily be procured.

"The result was, that we still have settlements in close proximity to
each other, whose peoples use different languages in daily conversation,
who vary radically in religious belief, have few natural traits in
common, and are almost, if not altogether, 'natural enemies' each to
each. Thus we have a settlement of Protestant Highland Scotch close by a
large estate peopled with Monaghan or Kilkenny Irish Catholics; and
perhaps a little farther on is a hamlet of Low-landers, or a village of
thrifty English folk.

"But in those days these distinctions were yet more marked, and the
feuds of Orange and Ribbon-man, Scotch and Irish, Englishman and French
Acadian, had not then given way before the softening and concealing hand
of 'Time, the great leveler;' and so some twenty years ago, during a
close contest between the then rising liberal party and the
conservatives, a riot took place near the polling-booth in the Highland
Scotch settlement of Belfast. All the combined strength of both parties
was present; the canvassing had been of the most thorough nature, and
all the antipathies of race and religion appealed to for electioneering
purposes.

"It is said that the Catholics went there expecting a fight, each armed
with a well-balanced, tough _shillelagh_, and that they made a general
attack on the Scotch. At all events, it is certain that the larger
number of the latter had to betake themselves to the nearest available
weapon, and that many were cut and bruised by the skilfully-handled
weapons of the active Irish cudgel-players. One Scotchman, however (a
fellow of unusual stature), seized a fence-rail, and, by his single arm,
stayed the tide of flight in his part of the fray. Almost frantic with
apprehension, rage, and the desire for revenge, he wielded his ponderous
weapon as if it were an ordinary club, striking such tremendous blows
that tradition has it that not one of a half-score of the best and
bravest of the Irish leaders survived the effects of those terrible and
crushing blows. Profiting by his prowess, the Scotch procured the heavy
stakes of their sleds, tough poles, pieces of firewood, and similar
ponderous weapons, and, headed by the hero of the day, made a charge,
returning with terrible severity the comparatively slight damage
inflicted by the light cudgels of the Irish.

"The details of that day of blood--how the fray began, and between whom;
the varying records of its progress as victory inclined first to one
side, and then to the other; the number of the killed and wounded, and
the names of the fallen--have never been generally known, and probably
never will be; for many of the principal actors in that savage drama
have passed away 'into the dread unknown.'

"But it is still commonly believed, and so reported, that over a score
of the Irish were killed on the field, or died of their wounds; that no
Scotchman perished; that the field where the deadliest part of the work
was done became accursed, and has lain barren to this day; and that the
leader of the Scotch became insane with the memory of his own terrible
prowess.

"Among those who have reason to remember that dreadful affair, however,
may be numbered C." (Here the narrator named an influential and wealthy
business man.) "He was travelling in that section, and being ignorant of
what had taken place, stopped at a country town to bait his horse, and
warm and refresh himself. Entering, he found the reception-room filled
with Irish, whose harsh features were inflamed with varied passions,
while the persons of many bore marks of recent injury. No one replied to
his friendly greeting, and their whole conversation was carried on in
Erse, although every intonation and gesture was replete with passion.
Suddenly he saw the landlady beckoning him out of the room, and, rising,
he approached her as if to give directions about his horse.

"Trembling with agitation, she addressed him:--

"'O, Mr. C., for the love of Heaven, run to your sleigh, and leave at
once, or your life isn't worth an hour's purchase!'

"Then, in a few words, she gave him some idea of the day's events, and
taking the measure of oats provided, Mr. C. passed on through his
enemies to the shed, where, beside a number of rude country sledges,
stood his own fleet horse and light cutter. Taking the bells off his
horse, he backed him out of the shed, and was ready for flight. On the
nearest sledge was bound a long, oblong parcel, covered with a rug.
Curiosity proved stronger than fear, and lifting a loose corner of the
scanty covering, Mr. C. found himself face to face with a corpse!

[Illustration]

"Springing into his sleigh, he put his horse to his utmost speed, and
when day dawned was a score of miles from the scene of his unexpected
danger and appalling night adventure."




CHAPTER VII.

A CHANGE IN THE WEATHER.--BREAKING UP OF THE ICE.--JIM MOUNTAIN'S FIGHT
WITH THE DEVIL.


The boys awoke somewhat disappointed the next morning, for the heavy
rain was falling, and the wind blew hard from the south-east, so that no
one in his senses would think of facing such discomfort for the sake of
sport.

"Don't look blue, George," said La Salle; "we've enough to do to prepare
for the open water, which this gale will probably lead up to the outer
edge of the bar, at least. There's the float to be painted and fitted,
and the floating decoys to be put in order; and while I use the white
paint, you and Regnie must rope and repair the decoys."

Accordingly the four sought the barn, whither Ben and Creamer had
preceded them on a similar errand. La Salle's boat was a flat-bottomed
"sculling-float," twelve feet long by three feet beam, and ten inches
deep, with a hole through the stern-board, through which, with a short,
crooked oar, a man could silently propel himself within shot of a flock
of fowl. Davies's boat aimed at the same end in another way, being a
large side-wheel paddle-boat, propelled by cranks, for two persons. Both
boats were painted white, so as to be indistinguishable from the
floating ice at a little distance. Besides these two, there were a
double boat with centre paddle-wheel, and a side-wheel worked by the
feet on the velocipede principle, belonging on the island.

The forenoon was spent as proposed, and as the bad weather still held, a
target was set up for practice with the rifle, and many excellent shots
were made from the great door of the barn. At last, however, the
impatience of the party overcame all fears of exposure, and, donning
their water-proof clothing, all went down to the East Bar to watch its
effect on the ice.

The huge floe had given way at last, and broken into many floating
islets of varied size, had become a scene of life and animation, in
striking contrast to its late icy desolation. In every direction geese,
singly and in flocks, fed along the edges of the still immovable inner
ice-fields; swam placidly among the narrow leads, or in huge bodies
blackened the open pools or the projecting points of ice. Among them,
too, wheeled many flocks of clamorous brent, while, from time to time,
the desolate cry of the Moniac duck, or the shrill, monotonous, strident
flight of the "Whistler" warned the sportsmen that new visitants were
about to greet their vision.

"You will have to change your location, Risk," said Lund, who had
accompanied them; "for you must shoot on the water-line, now the ice has
opened."

"Davies and I go home to-morrow," answered he. "I regret to leave with
such a prospect before us, but business presses; and besides, there are
new dangers now which I care not to face."

"Ay, ay! you're right, Mr. Risk," said Lund; "and although I am glad to
have you around me, I shall be glad this year when I see the last of you
safely across the Western Bar."

"There, there, Lund," said Risk; "they're young, smart, have good boats,
and, what is more, know well how to use them; and if I were less clumsy
and old, I would no more fear any danger here than I would at home.
Don't frighten the young lads with your nonsense, but let us get home to
supper, and, as it is our last night together, have a cosy evening in
the kitchen, and a good story from Ben and Charley here."

The proposition was acceded to, and after supper, Ben, with little
urging, commenced a legend of the North Shore, even now related by the
farmers around the winter's hearth with full faith in its veracity. He
termed it by its local name


"JIM MOUNTAIN'S FIGHT WITH THE DEVIL."

"Fifty years ago Jim Mountain, of Goose Creek, was as stout and jovial a
young farmer of twenty-five, as there was in his section. No ship-launch
frame-raising, logging-bee, or dance, was considered complete without
him, and while his strength was almost equal to that of any two of his
companions, his merry laugh was so infectious that even envy couldn't
resist joining in, when public opinion pronounced him 'the best man in
the county.'

"He soon married the daughter of a well-to-do farmer, and then, for the
first time, it appeared that his love of 'divershin' and whiskey, had
grown by what it fed on, and poor Mary dreaded the approach of
market-day, as he seldom returned from the shire town altogether sober,
and often not until late into the next day.

"It was in vain that his blooming Mary entreated, coaxed, cried, and
threatened; he never lost his temper; often, indeed, promised amendment,
but did in the end about the same as usual. At last the merchant with
whom he traded, a man of some little medical knowledge, finished their
business interview with the following bit of advice:--

"'Jim, it's none of my business, but you are ruining your health and
breaking your wife's heart. You are not one of the kind that show how
much they do drink; but no man in your district can match you, and when
you do get sick, I shan't expect to see you alive.'

"'An' do ye think so, then, Mr. B.?'

"'I am almost sure of it, for Long Tom Cunningham, the big ship
carpenter that you've heard your father tell of, was just such a man,
and the first touch of "the horrors" carried him off.'

"'Well, sir, I'm much obliged for your good will, any how, and after my
cousin Johnny McGrath has his bit of a spree, I'll try and leave it off
for a while, any way.'

"Johnny McGrath's 'spree,' a fulling-frolic, came off one Saturday
night, about a fortnight after this; and while the web of strong, coarse
homespun cloth, which was to furnish Mac and his boys with their year's
stock of outer clothing, was being duly lifted, rubbed, banged on a
bench, and twisted by the strong hands of about thirty men and women,
Jim led the roaring choruses, and manipulated his end of the cloth with
a vigor which at once delighted and alarmed the fair weaver thereof.

"In the dancing and whiskey-drinking which followed, Jim was in his
element; and it was nearly midnight before the party broke up, and he
was left alone with the rest of his relative's household.

"'Well, Johnny,' said he, 'you've done the decent thing this time, and
I'm glad my last spree has been at your place, for I'm going to quit
grog for a while. Give me a coal for my pipe, Jane, for it's late, and
I've a good five miles' of beach atween me an' home.'

"'Is the man mad?' said Jane, good-naturedly. 'Surely, John, you'll not
let him out of the house to-night.'

"'No, no, Jim,' said McGrath, getting between him and the door; 'out of
this you don't stir to-night; so sit down, have another drop, and tak' a
quiet night's rest.'

"'Come, John, don't anger or hinder me, for I feel strangely to-night,
and I must go home.'

"'Faith, that's all the more reason I have to keep you here. Come, sit
down, you obstinate fellow, and don't be waking the wife up just before
daybreak, only to let in a man that must be out walking all night.
Confound it, would you hit me, Jim? Sure, now, you're not angered--are
you?'

"'No, I'm not angry; but I'll not be treated like a child, nor lectered,
neither. Let me go, I tell you, or there'll be ill blood between us.
Home I'll go, I tell you!' shouted the excited man. 'Home I'm going,
_although the devil tried to stop me_;' and flinging his cousin aside as
if he were a child, he rushed out of the house, and took a narrow path
which led down to the moonlit sea-beach.

"About an hour after, a despairing cry at the door awakened McGrath and
his wearied household, and, opening it, they found a bruised, bloody,
and literally naked man, lying senseless on the threshold. With some
difficulty they recognized the features of Mountain, and it was broad
daylight before he came to himself. His story was short, but strange.

"'I took the path down to the beach, thinking to wade the narrow run at
Eel Pond, and so save a mile or two of road. It was light as day, and I
went along well enough, though I felt sad-like, an' as if somethin' were
about to happen me.

"'It's an unchancy place there, near the pond, where the great san'-hill
blew over the birch grove an' killed the trees; and last night, as I
went through them, the tall, white, broken trunks seemed almost alive.
Why, man, I'd have sworn that some of them had a dozen faces grinnin'
and laughin', and I felt all the while as if I was a fool; for, whenever
I stopped an' looked close, there was nought but knots, an' bark, an'
gnarly limbs. Still, although I'd been through them a thousan' times, I
felt afraid, for it seemed to me as if there was somebody near me _that
I couldn't see_.

"'Well, at last I got through the dead grove, an' came to the san'-plain
wher' the ribs of the old ship are stannin', an' I got to thinkin' what
she might hev' bin, fer none o' us know how many years she lay in the
san' before the great gale swept the san' off of her white bones. I
looked at her close as I passed, an' although I saw nauthin' but her
ribs, she made me think o' a 'natomy; an' I looked all around, but saw
no one, an' went down into the water, hevin' first ta'en off my shoes.

"'The cool water did feel nice; an' as I stepped ashore, I whistled up
"The Devil's Dream," an' struck out across the beach, when, looking
back, I saw, between me an' the stream, a man who made at me with
terrible ferceness. I can tell you nauthin' about him, 'cept that his
clothes were black an' strange, his face dark an' savage, an' his eyes
almost like fire. I had no doubt that he meant me harm, an' as he cam'
up, I struck out wi' all my strenth. Ye mind when I hit big Jack Ready,
an' thought I should have to flee the country. Well, I hit _him_ twicet
as hard, an' he never stopped, but came in an' clinched. My God! I'm
breathless now wi' the squeezin' I got there. I'm afraid of no man
standin' within twenty mile, at ayther Ingin hug, collar an' ilbow, or
side-hold, but I was like a child in its grip.

"'Still I fought on, though the san' flew into the air; an' through it,
like a fog, I saw the old wrack an' the dead grove, an' the fiery eyes
that glared into mine, an' I felt the grasp of a han' that seemed to
burn into my hip; an' then I knew I couldn't fight fair wi' _that_. I
drew my knife an' opened it, an' three times I thrust it to the hilt
into the side o' the black man, or devil, an' he only glared at me
fercer, an' took a stronger hold on my hip. Just at this moment I felt
the cool water at my feet, an' wi' one tremendous effort, I whirled
myself into the stream to fight it out there. A moment I lay on my back
in the shallow stream, an' then I rose to my feet. I was alone wi'
nauthin' o' what had happened, save the open knife in my han', the
trampled beach, an' my torn an' ruined clawthin'.

"'Then I remembered that old McGregor used to say that nauthin' bad
could pass runnin' water, an' I thought I'd get back to ye if I could. I
remember somethin' of tearin' through the lonely beach an' blasted
woods, of seein' more faces in the trees, an' hearin' quick footsteps on
my track, but I remember nauthin' more. Look at my hip, will you, wi'
the cannle there? It hurts me awfully.'

"The candle fell from Jane's shaking hands, but was caught by her
husband before it was extinguished.

"'As God lives, ye have spoken the truth, for there is the mark o' the
devil's grip;' and greatly to the terror of all, there appeared on the
hip of the exhausted man the black imprint of a thumb and four fingers.

"My informant told me that, fifty years later, after Mountain had raised
a large family of children, and passed a life subsequently innocent of
his youthful excesses, the same indelible marks were left to tell of the
terrible conflict of that memorable night; and none of his neighbors
ever doubted the literal truth of his strange story, save one.

"That man was B., who never undeceived Mountain, or tried to do so; but
in detailing the story to my father, closed the recital thus: 'I have
always thought that he had an attack of delirium tremens, and that he
fancied the assault of the goblin; for I forgot to tell you that next
morning they followed his track, finding his shoes and fragments of his
attire on the opposite side of the run, which was torn up, with the
marks of a terrible struggle and many feet. Probably he tore off his own
clothes in the fancied fight, drew his knife, struck at "an air-born
fantasy," and was finally partially restored by falling into the water,
after which he completed his exhaustion by running back to the house.'

"'Have you seen the marks?' asked my father.

"'Yes; I saw them at the time,' slowly answered Mr. B.

"'Were they as described?'

"'Very like the grip of a hand; one dark impression on the back of the
left hip, and four smaller ones in a row on the front,' said B.

"'And how do you account for those?' asked my father.

"Mr. B. hesitated, and then answered candidly, 'I don't know what to
think of that myself. I have sometimes thought that a fall among the
many roots and fallen trunks of trees, which then strewed that desolate
place, may have caused such injuries; but why did they remain apparent
long after discolorations of such a nature should have disappeared?
Perhaps imagination may have had its effect, and made the impressions
indelible. But if there _is_ any truth in old-world stories, few places
fitter for such horrors can be found than was that drear waste of sand,
destitute of all signs of man's proximity, bounded on one side by a
blackened forest, on the other by the sailless sea, and containing only
the whitened ribs of a long-forgotten wreck. None of the folk around
here, sir, join in my doubts as to the reality of Mountain's fight with
the devil.'"

       *       *       *       *       *

As Ben closed, a sound of sleigh-bells came up the road, and Lund opened
the door, at which appeared a light sleigh driven by one of Risk's sons.

"You and uncle are wanted in town at once. L. has sent you this letter,
and says--" And he whispered a few words in his father's ear.

"I came out to-night, for the ice is getting very bad, and a horse was
lost crossing the North River at Duckendorff's to-day. It is freezing
to-night, but the moon shows at times through the clouds, and we can get
home before one o'clock."

An hour later, Risk and the elder Davies bade a regretful farewell to
their young companions. "I am sorry," said the former, "that as yet we
have had no story from you, La Salle; but I hope to see you at my house
in C., and hear it there when your trip is over. Take care of yourself,
and make Lund out a false prophet. Good night, captain, you old
croaker;" and the sleigh disappeared in the shadows of the
forest-covered lane which led to the beach.

"Well, boys," said La Salle, "the best of our evenings are over, and we
must look to boat and gun for our best sport."

"We must have your story, though," said Ben.

"O, of course; but not to-night, for we have much to do to-morrow, to
get our boats down for the open-water shooting."

With this no one disagreed; and half an hour later, all were fast
asleep.




CHAPTER VIII.

FLOAT-SHOOTING.--A GENERAL FIELD-DAY.--CHANGES OF THE ICE.


The next morning, the boats, which were all provided with runners, were
drawn to the bar, and Carlo's sled carried, besides the lunch and
ammunition of the party, a dozen wooden duck decoys, weighted and roped,
for open water.

Davies and Creamer gave up their box and outfit to one-armed Peter, as
they were about to try their new paddle-boat. She was duly launched, and
Ben placed himself forward, between the paddle-boxes, ready to do the
steering and shooting, while Creamer acted as the motive power,
transmitted by a belt and pulleys. Although somewhat high out of water,
she moved off easily, and made little noise when running slowly; and
taking the first of the ebb, the pair moved eastward into the opening
ice.

George and Ben Lund, in their new-fashioned centre-wheel, made poorer
progress, but hurried out "to get ahead of the skimmin'-dish," as they
styled La Salle's light, shallow craft. He let them go, and stationing
George and Regnar in the ice-boat, put out his floating decoys in the
nearest waters, and, cutting slabs of ice, built a high wall around his
own boat, which he drew up on the ice. Carlo incontinently plunged into
the straw under the half-deck of the larger boat, and soon all was ready
for the expected birds.

Meanwhile, upon the stranded berg which lay immovable off the southern
face of the island, gathered the new comers, whose Bacchanal approach
has of late been chronicled. Had they had any outfit of decoys, and
known how to use them, they could not but have had good sport; and even
as it was, so many birds passed and repassed them, that a good shot
could not have failed to secure at least a few ducks. But, however
unfortunate in securing any trophies, they failed not in the weight or
constancy of their fire.

Not a flock passed within a quarter of a mile but received a volley; not
a loon that showed his distant head above water but went down under the
fire of a platoon; and not a frightened duck darted overhead but heard
the air behind him torn with whistling shot enough to have exterminated
his whole tribe.

From time to time a lull in the storm would occur, and then peals of
laughter would come across the intervening waters; and looking up, the
irritated sportsmen generally beheld a tableau of inverted
pocket-flasks, and feats of strength with a rapidly lightening ale-keg.
But, although our friends bore the proximity of these city gunners with
great patience for a while, an event soon occurred which brought matters
to a focus.

A flock of geese were seen approaching from the eastward, and La Salle,
cautioning the boys, crouched down in his boat and "called." Peter
followed suit, and so did the party on the bergs. The flock swung within
a hundred yards of Peter, who held his fire, and then, seeing the
floating decoys, swung round to leeward of them, and setting their
wings, scaled slowly in, passing within about two hundred and fifty
yards of the party on the berg.

Of course they opened fire at once, with shot of all sorts and sizes,
doing no execution but sending a bullet from one of their guns straight
over the heads of La Salle and his friends. A flock or two of ducks and
brent made similar attempts to alight, but every shot was spoiled in the
same way.

La Salle was indignant, and the boys were at a white heat, when, without
any birds being between them, the report of a heavily charged gun was
heard, and a few heavy shot struck the ice near the boats, while the
drunken crowd yelled in triumph as the water, by its ripples, showed the
great distance attained by the shot.

"I'll shoot, too, the next chance, and so may you, boys. Elevate well,
and fire when the birds are between us and the berg," said La Salle.

It was not long before three geese attempted to scale in as the others
had done, and were fired at as before, the bullet this time striking the
water in line of the boat, and whistling a few feet above it. The birds,
somewhat frightened, got within a hundred yards before swinging off, and
all three discharged their large shot simultaneously. A single goose
fell with a broken wing, and Carlo, springing out of the boat, plunged
into the water. Charley watched the effect of his shot on the party on
the berg. One stood just then in bold relief against the distant
horizon, displaying the broader part of his physique to view while
taking an observation with a brandy-bottle. Suddenly a faint yell was
heard, the bottle dropped on the berg, the hands that had held it
frantically clutched at the coat-tails of the victim, and an agonized
_pas seul_ told that the "Baby" had well avenged the wrongs of her
owner.

Half an hour later, the party had evacuated their position, bag and
baggage, "carrying their wounded," who, from the stern-sheets of their
boat, shook his fist in savage pantomime at the innocent La Salle and
his amused companions. Some weeks later he learned that a single large
shot had, without piercing the cloth, raised a contusion about the size
of a pigeon's egg, on muscles whose comfort, for a fortnight after,
emphatically tabooed the use of chairs, and made a feather bed an
indispensable adjunct to repose.

After a long chase Carlo secured his bird, and swimming to the nearest
shore, ran around the edge of the ice, in a way which showed his
appreciation of the difference between running, and swimming against a
five-knot tide. Securing the bird, he was allowed to shake himself, and
was then called into the boat, from which a good lookout was kept, as
there now existed some chance for good management and skilful shooting.

The first victims were a flock of black ducks, which with the usual
readiness to decoy of these birds, had flown in and lit among the decoys
before La Salle could warn his boys, who had their backs turned at the
time. They managed, however, to hear him, and poured in a sharp volley,
killing four in the water, while La Salle picked a brace out on the
wing.

Regnar, who had a breech-loader, got ready in time to kill a brace of
Moniac duck out of a flock which swept past uttering their singularly
desolate call of "Ouac-a-wee, ouac-a-wee!" and by the time these birds
were retrieved, several faint reports to the eastward were heard, and a
vast cloud of geese of both kinds rose just above the floating ice, and
swept up towards the bar. Most of these settled down among the floes;
but one large flock of brent swept over Peter, in answer to his almost
perfect calling. The leaders of the flock were in the very act of
alighting when he fired, and a dozen, at least, lay dead when the white
smoke of his volley cleared away.

"I must have one turn with my float," said La Salle, after the three had
taken lunch and had their share of a pint of hot, strong coffee
prepared in the Crimean lantern. "The tide will soon turn, and I shall
work out into the ice and come up with it. You, boys, must look out for
the flying birds, and take in the floating decoys before they are
crushed or lost."

Launching the light boat, he fitted his rowlocks, and with a light pair
of sculls rowed for an hour out into the Gulf, taking care to keep well
to the eastward. At the end of that time he unshipped his sculls, took
in his rowlocks, fitted his sculling-oar into its muffled aperture, and
getting himself comfortably settled, grasped his oar with his left hand,
and with his eyes just peering over the gunwale, let the light boat
drift with the returning tide, and its fantastic burden of water-worn
congelations.

He had not floated two hundred yards, before a change of the ice
revealed a small flock of seven geese, quietly feeding along the border
of a low piece of field ice. Cocking his gun and laying it ready to
hand, La Salle drifted nearer and nearer, keeping barely enough headway
to steer her, bow on. The gander, a noble bird, suddenly raised his head
to gaze at the advancing boat. All the rest instantly raised theirs
ready for immediate flight. The anxious sportsman lay motionless,
ceasing the play of his scull, and the birds, gradually relaxing their
necks, turned and swam rapidly away.

Still, La Salle tried not to pursue, and the gander, finding that the
boat did not get any nearer, stopped, looked, started, stopped, and
went to feeding again, followed in all things, of course, by his
companions. Then the delicate oar began its noiseless sweep, and
gradually the sharp prow crept nearer, passing, one by one, sluggish
floes and fantastic pinnacles, until again the wary leader raised his
head as if in perplexity and doubt. There, to be sure, was the bit of
ice he had taken fright at before, nearer than ever; but it floated as
harmlessly as the cake just beside it, from whose edges he had gleaned
rootlets of young and tender eel-grass not half an hour ago. So the poor
overmatched bird doubtless argued; and ashamed of his fears, which were
but too well founded, and doubtful of his instincts, which he should
have trusted, the gander turned again to the little eddy of sea-wrack
amid which, with soft guttural love-calls, he summoned his harem to many
a dainty morsel.

Triumphantly shone the deadly eye which glittered beneath the snowy cap;
noiselessly swung the ashen oar, and as unerringly set as Destiny, and
remorseless as Death, the knife-like bow slid through the black waters.
One hundred, ninety, eighty, seventy, fifty, forty yards only, divide
the doomed birds from the boat, and the white gunwale is hidden from
their view by the interposition of the very floe along whose edge they
are feeding. Steadily La Salle drives the prow gently against the ice,
then drops his oar, and grasps his heavy gun. He hazards a glance: the
birds, scarce thirty yards away, are unsuspectingly feeding in a close
body; he rises to a sitting posture, raises his gun, and whistles
shrilly and long. Instantly the birds raise their heads, gathering
around their leader. Bang! The thunder-roll of the report, reverberating
amid the ice, is the death-sentence of the flock. Not one escaped; the
distance was too short, the aim too sure, the charge of _mitraille_ too
close and heavy.

[Illustration]

A flying shot at a flock of eider duck added a male, with snowy crest,
and three plump, brown females; and a successful approach to a small
flock of brent made up fifteen birds under the half-deck of the little
craft. It was almost dark when, with little time to spare, La Salle came
flying through the fast-coming ice, and dashed across the narrow lane of
water, between the immovable covering of the bar, and the advancing,
tide-borne ice-islands.

The boys had just drawn in their decoys, and loaded their sled with the
birds taken from the boat, besides three geese and a brent, which they
had shot during his absence. The other boats had already landed, and
been drawn in far up on the ice. Regnar did not know if the centre-wheel
had got anything, but Davies and Creamer had four geese, five brent, and
a black duck. Peter had gone home with a sled-load of fowl, and, in
short, the day had been generally satisfactory all round.

That night, however, all were tired, wet, and half blind with the
ceaseless glare of the each-day-warmer sun; nor did any care to spend in
listening to idle tales, the hours which might better be given to sleep.
Such, for more than a week longer, was their experience, varied only by
a few brief frosts, during which, however, the hot coffee made in their
lantern-stove was unanimously voted "just the thing."

"Snow-blindness" set in, and Ben had once or twice to leave the ice;
while George Waring experienced several attacks, and had a linen cloth
full of pulverized clay--the best application known--kept in the boat
for emergencies.

By the middle of the next week, a narrow channel had opened up to the
city; and Creamer and Davies, piling their decoys beside their deserted
box, and leaving Lund to haul them to the shelter of his woods, took the
first flood, and paddled briskly homeward, leaving Indian Peter and La
Salle in the latter's stand; while Regnar, who had become a proficient
with the small boat, struck out for the broken ice lying to the east.

"Good by, Charley; when shall I tell them to expect you?" said Ben, as
he started his wheels, and the boat, heavily laden with fowl, moved
northward.

"O, at the end of the week, at farthest. Much obliged to you for taking
those birds. I'll have a load Saturday. Good by."

"Good by," said Hughie and Ben, once more; and then they bent to their
task, churning into foam the rippleless surface, which bore them on its
swift but unnoticeable tide towards home, leaving behind their comrade,
his savage companion, and their boyish associates, to experience
adventures without parallel in all the strange hunting-lore of those
northern seas.




CHAPTER IX.

ADRIFT.


About midday, Captain Lund drove down on the ice to draw up the boat
owned by his sons; after which he was to return a second time for the
decoys and shooting-box of the homeward-bound sportsmen. The floe was
fast wasting under the April sun, and his horses' iron-shod hoofs sank
deep into the snow-ice, which the night-frosts had left at morn as hard
as flint.

He drove with his habitual caution, sounding more than one suspicious
place with the axe, and at last came to a long tide-crack, through which
the open water showed clear, and which seemed to divide the floe as far
as the eye could reach.

"I come none too soon," said the deliberate pilot; "and I must warn La
Salle not to trust his boat here another night."

"Well, captain, what think you of the weather?" asked La Salle, as the
shaggy pony and rough sled halted near the boat.

"It looks a little cloudy, but I guess nothing more than a fog may be
expected to-night. You had better have your boat ready to get ashore
right away; for the ice, though heavy enough, is full of cracks, and
will go off with the first northerly gale which comes with the ebb."

"Well, I'll be getting the boat clear of the ice, and you may come for
us the last of all."

And Lund, driving down the bar to his own boat, left La Salle busily at
work, with axe and shovel, clearing away the well-packed ice which had
for the last three weeks concealed the sides of the goose-boat.

By the time that Lund had hooked on to his own boat and driven up again,
a large heap of ice and snow had been thrown out; but the runners were
evidently frozen down, and the boat was immovable.

"I shan't have her clear until you get through with Davies's outfit; but
I guess we shall be ready for you then."

Lund drove on, dragging the heavy boat up to the beach, and then
concluded to haul it up the bank, above the reach of the increasing
tides, and the danger of being crushed by the ice. As he cast off her
rope, he felt a snow-flake on the back of his hand. Before he reached
the ice, they were falling thick and noiselessly.

"I must hurry; for there's no time to lose. The tide is just at its
turn; and if the wind comes from the north, the boys will be adrift.
Come; get up, Lightfoot. G'lang! Whoop! Go it!"

Already the rising wind began to whirl the thick-falling flakes in
smothering wreaths, and Lund groaned in spirit as, following the tracks
of his last trip, the stanch little horse galloped down the ice.

"I am afraid this is the end of my vision; for the ice won't be long in
breaking up now, and those boys are out in that d--n little craft."

And Lund in his perturbation swore and cursed after the manner of
"sailor-men" generally; that is, when they most need to pray.

Suddenly the little horse hesitated, relaxed into a trot, snorted,
reared, and stopped, wheeling half around, with the sleigh-runners
diagonally across the half-effaced track, which came to an unexpected
stop. Lund saw at once that another rod would have plunged horse and man
into the Gulf; the ice-fields had parted, and the boats and their
occupants were floating away at the mercy of the winds and waves.

"Let's see," said Lund; "the wind is nor'-east, and the tide will set
them in some, too. So, if the gale does not shift, that'll carry them
past McQuarrie's Point, and I'll hail them then, and let them know where
they are. God grant that they've got the boat clear; for once away from
the lee of the island, their craft would never find land in such a
squall as this. Come, Lightfoot," he added, as he sprang upon the sled,
and brought his leathern reins smartly across the animal's back,
"there's four lives on our speed; so go your fastest, poor fellow! and
God help that we may not be too late."

Meanwhile La Salle and Peter had viewed with no little anxiety the
sudden overclouding of the sky, or rather the heavy curtain of vapor
which seemed to descend mysteriously from the zenith, rather than to
gather from beyond the horizon.

"I no like snow; wind no good this time; tide too high. Spose Lund come,
must get boat across crack yonder any way."

And the one-armed hunter plied the light axe with a haste which showed
no small amount of anxiety.

The boat was soon clear, but the snow was falling so fast that they
could scarcely see to windward at all, and no part of the land was
visible. Again the Indian spoke, and a new cause of anxiety was stated.

"Where sposum boys this time? See boat little hile ago. No see any now.
They no see hice. Spose shootum big gun call them hin?"

La Salle took the heavy piece, and was about to discharge it to leeward,
when, from the very air above their heads, a voice seemed to call on
them by name, "La Salle, Charley, Peter, ahoy!"

La Salle dropped the butt of his gun, and listened. Again the voice
sounded apparently nearer than before. "Charley, Peter, ahoy!"

"That voice ole man Lund. I know it; but what for sposum voice there?
Then track go that way. Ole man lose way, spose."

"Perhaps he has fallen in, Peter. Come, let's go."

And catching a rope near him, and forgetting to lay down the cumbrous
gun, Charley ran towards the incessant and evidently-agonized cries,
Peter following with an axe and a light fish-spear.

Scarcely had the runners gone a hundred yards before they stopped in
dismay. At their feet the ice-field ended abruptly, and scarce a hundred
yards away rose a wall of red sandstone, on whose summit stood Lund,
peering down into the whirl of snow-flakes. His quick eye espied them,
and he shouted his last advice.

"Launch your boat at once; don't wait. Keep under the lee. Don't try to
save anything but your lives. Keep the wind at your backs in rowing, and
mind the set of the tide eastward."

"Ay, ay! I understand. We're waiting for the boys!" shouted La Salle.

"I can't hear a word," called out Lund across the rapidly-increasing
space.

"Give me that spear, Peter," said La Salle.

And snapping off the tiny barbs, he drew from his pocket a pencil, and
wrote as follows on the slender rod of white maple:--

    "We know our danger, but have no oars; for the boys have not
    returned. Unless they do so soon, shall stick to the ice until the
    weather clears. Look for us along the coast if the storm lasts.

    "Love to all.         LA SALLE."

Holding up the rod to be seen by Lund, he placed it in the muzzle of his
piece, and motioned to the captain to watch its flight. The pilot
stepped behind a tree, and La Salle aimed at the face of a large
snow-drift near him. The report echoed amid the broken ledges, the long
white arrow sped through the air, and stuck in the snow close to the
tree. Lund picked it up, and bent over it a moment; then bowed his head,
as if assuring them of his approval of its contents.

Already the floe had moved into rough water, and the short waves raised
by the increasing gale began to throw their spray far up on the ice. The
snow-squall gathered fury, and La Salle, waving his hand, pointed
heavenward, while Peter, knowing but too well the danger of their
position, sank on his knees, and began the simple prayers of his faith.
Lund saw them fade from view into the sleety veil that hid the waste of
waters, and groaning in spirit, turned homeward.

"In half an hour no boat on the island can reach them, even if men could
be found to face certain death in a snow-storm out on the open Gulf."

Peter rose to his feet, apparently almost hopeless.

"Good by, Saint Peter's! Good by, Trois Lieues' Creek! Good by, Lund!
Poor Peter no more shootum wild goose here."

"Come, Peter, don't give it up so," said La Salle. "We must find the
boys and get their oars and boat, and then well try and see what we can
do to get ashore."

Peter's eyes brightened a little, and walking around the edge of the
floe, they came, in the course of twenty minutes, to the boys, snugly
seated under their inverted boat, in a hollow of a large berg, which,
until that day, had never floated with the tide.

"Come, boys, this won't do. We're adrift, and getting well out into the
Gulf. Turn over your boat, put everything into her, and let's try what
we can do with the big boat."

In desperate haste the four took down the light craft, threw in the oars
and guns, and dashed across the quarter of a mile which lay between them
and the windward side of the ice. In about five minutes they reached the
large boat; but all saw at a glance that little less than a miracle was
needed to carry them safe ashore.

The snow was falling thick and fast, the wind driving it in eddying
clouds, and amid it could be seen at times the white caps of the
increasing surges as they broke on the edge of the floe. It was evident
that it would be madness to attempt to leave their present position; yet
all stood silent a moment, as if unwilling to be the first to confess
the painful truth.

At last La Salle broke the silence. "It's no use, boys; we must stay
here all night. And first, let's get both boats down to the berg, for
this floe may go to pieces any time; but that is all of twenty feet
thick, and will stand a good deal yet. Come, pile in the decoys and
tools, and let's get under cover as soon as we can."

The decoys of iron and wood, and even those of fir-twigs, of which they
had added some three dozen, were piled into the boats, and taking hold
at the painter of the largest, they soon trundled the heavy load to the
thickest part of the field.

"Sposum we get Davies's box and 'coys too. Then we makum camp, have
plenty wood too. Spose field break up, loosem sartin," said Peter.

"You're right. Come, boys. We don't know how long we may be on this
ice-field, and we shall need all the shelter we can get, and fuel too."

It was nearly an hour before they found the box and its pile of decoys,
but the box had been furnished with rude runners, and being already
clear of the ice, there was no delay in what was evidently becoming a
dangerous proximity to the sea; for that edge of the ice was already
breaking up, as the rollers broke over it, bearing it down with the
weight of water. Sunset must have been close at hand when the party
arrived, wet, weary, and almost despairing, at the berg.

"Now, boys," said La Salle, "we must build our house at once, for no one
can tell how long this storm may last. Luckily we have two shovels and
two axes. Peter and I will cut away the ice, and you two will pile up
fragments, and clear away the snow and rubbish."

Choosing a crater-like depression on the summit of the berg, La Salle
laid out a parallelogram about eight feet square, and motioning to
Peter, proceeded to sink a square shaft into the solid ice, which, at
first a little spongy, rapidly became hard and flinty. Aided by the
natural shape of the berg, in the course of an hour a cavity had been
cleared out to the depth of about six feet. Over this was inverted the
box belonging to Davies, and this was kept in place by fragments of ice
piled around and over it, after which the interstices were filled with
wet snow, and the whole patted into a firm, impermeable mound.

On the leeward side the wall had been purposely left thin, and through
this a narrow door, about three feet high, was cut into the excavation.
Lighting his lantern, La Salle stepped inside, finding himself in a
gloomy but warm room, about nine feet high in the walls, and eight feet
square. Taking the dryest of the fir decoys, he cut the cords which
bound them together, and laying the icy branches of their outer covering
on the bare ice, soon formed a non-conducting carpet of fir-twigs, of
which the upper layers were nearly dry.

The whole party then entered, carefully brushing from their clothes and
boots as much of the snow as possible, and, seating themselves, for the
first time rested from incessant exertion amid the furious peltings of a
driving north-east snow-storm.

La Salle motioned to the rest to place their guns in a nook near the
door, and taking the boiler of the lantern, filled it with snow, and
placed it above the flame. Regnar, noticing this, went out and brought
in the rude chest containing the remnants of their little stock of
coffee, and the basket with what was left of the day's lunch.

In the former were found a few matches, about a half pound of coffee,
perhaps a pound of sugar, a box and a half of sardines, and two or three
dozen ship's hard-bread. In the basket were left several slices of
bread, a junk of corned beef weighing about two pounds, and some apples
and doughnuts.

In a short time the tiny boiler, which held about a pint, was full of
boiling water, to which La Salle added some coffee, and soon each had a
small but refreshing draught, which helped wonderfully to restore their
usual warmth and vigor of circulation. From the lunch-basket, whose
contents had remained untouched all day, a slight meal was taken, and
then the remainder of the provisions put carefully away, although a
second cup of coffee was left preparing in the lantern for possible
contingencies.

La Salle looked at his watch--it was nearly eight o'clock.

"We are now well down off Point Prime, and are probably under the lee of
other ice, as we no longer feel the tossing of the sea. The boats are
all ready for use, but it is not likely we shall need them to-night,
unless, indeed--Let us hold a council of war, and decide at once on our
course of action."

[Illustration: ]




CHAPTER X.

THE COUNCIL.--PASSING THE CAPE.


Drawing his coat tightly around him, La Salle first drew aside the
rubber blanket which had been hung up for a door, and crawled out into
the storm. The snow still fell heavily, but although the wind blew very
hard, few drifts were formed, owing to the wet and heavy nature of the
large, soft flakes, although at times a flurry of sharp, stinging hail
rattled against the boats and the roof of the ice-chamber.

As nearly as he could judge, the wind was north-east, or perhaps a point
or two south of that, for at times there came warmer gusts, as if the
wind veered to a milder quarter. The roar of the sea could be plainly
heard, but evidently far up to windward, and there was little doubt that
they need have no apprehensions from that source at present.

Re-entering he found his friends anxiously awaiting his report on the
aspect of things outside, and he plunged at once into the gist of the
matter before them.

"I see no reason to expect any change in our situation until the tide
turns, which will be in about an hour. I can notice no change in the
wind, nor do I think we have shifted our relative position to its
course. Should the storm decrease towards morning, we shall probably
find ourselves up the straits, in the vicinity of the capes. Only one
danger can possibly assail us, and that is being ground to pieces on the
New Brunswick shore. We must keep a watch to-night, commencing at about
twelve o'clock. Regnar, will you keep the first watch of an hour and a
half, and then call me?"

"Yes, sir; all right. I wake any time, and I know what 'nip' means. We
must not get caught napping if that happens."

"Can't we get ashore and off of this horrid floe, if we strike on the
other shore?" asked Waring, a little dolorously.

"I'm afraid not, my dear George. The straits here, nearly thirty miles
wide, converge to about twelve at the capes; and this terrible gale,
although we feel it scarcely at all in the heart of this berg, will
drive us with the rising ebb, at a velocity little less than ten miles
an hour, through that narrow, choked pass, bordered by the ice-cliffs
which form, on the shallows every winter, to the height of from ten to
twenty feet above the water."

"Should this berg be driven against the verge of these immovable cliffs,
our only resource will be to take to our boats and retreat farther off
on the floes; for a single mishap in crossing the terrible chasm which
borders the irresistible course of this great ice-stream, would consign
us all to irremediable destruction. I propose that we thank God for his
mercies thus far, and implore his aid in the future. Then we may lie
down secure in His protection, and gather new strength for whatever may
be before us."

Thus saying, La Salle knelt, and in solemn but unfaltering tones
repeated the short but inimitable prayer which embodies the needs of
every petitioner. Peter crossed himself at the close, and broke out,--

"I feel 'fraid, all time till now. I hear Lund see ghost. I think we
never get back. Now I feel sure all go right, and I worry like woman no
more."

"Thank you, Peter. I shall depend on good service from you; and I may
say that I have little doubt of landing somewhere to-morrow, if the
weather clears so that we can see. Come, Regnie, get the rest of those
dry decoys out of the boat, and we'll turn in for two or three hours,
when you must take the first watch."

Regnar brought in about twenty bundles more of fir-twigs, which were
piled against the wall so as to form a kind of slanting pillow, against
which the party might rest their backs and heads in a half-sitting
posture, without being chilled by the ice-wall of their narrow
dormitory. Waring drew his seal-skin cap over his ears, turned up his
wide coat-collar of the same costly fur, and placed himself next to
Peter, who, as the worst clad of the party, wrapped himself in his dingy
blanket, and seated himself at the back of the hut. Regnar, in his
Canadian capote, was next, and La Salle with difficulty found room
between himself and the door for his faithful dog, whose natural warmth
had already dried his long fur, and made him a very welcome bed-fellow
under such circumstances. Thus disposed, it was not long before they all
fell asleep; and at twelve o'clock, La Salle, only half awake, gave
Regnar his watch, and saw the resolute boy go out into the storm to
commence his lonely vigil.

Scarcely feeling that he had more than got fairly to sleep again, he was
again awakened by Regnar, who said in a low voice, "'Tis two o'clock,
master; but I would not waken you if I did not think that the floe has
shifted sides, for we are no longer under a lee. I hear too, at times,
cracking and grinding of the ice, and I think we are not far from
shore."

La Salle hurriedly went out. The wind blew into his very teeth, as he
emerged from the narrow door; but it seemed no warmer or colder, and the
snow fell much the same as before. Near them, through the storm, another
berg of equal height with their own seemed to appear at times, and the
crash of falling and breaking ice arose on all sides. Still, for an hour
nothing could be seen, until between three and four the snow gave place
to a sleety rain, and the watchers saw that they were passing with
frightful rapidity a line of jagged ice-cliffs, not two hundred yards
away. La Salle called his companions, and they watched for nearly an
hour in constant expectation of having to take to their boat.

The pressure was tremendous, and on every side floes heaped up their
debris on each other, and pinnacles forced into collision were ground
into common ruin. Now shut out from view in darkness and storm, and now
close at hand in the multitudinous shiftings of the ice, the immovable
and gigantic buttresses of the ice-pool ground into powder acres of
level floe, and bergs containing hundreds of thousands of tons of ice.
Along that terrible line of impact rolled and heaved a chaos of mealy
sludge and gigantic fragments, while from time to time a mass of many
tons would be thrown, like a child's plaything, high up amid the debris
already heaped along the inaccessible shore. Half a dozen times the
startled voyagers seized their boat to drag her down from the berg, as
the shore-ice gnawed into the sides of their narrowing ice-field.

At last a move appeared inevitable. The distance between their refuge
and the shore was less than fifty yards, and in the gray of the morning
they saw castle after castle crushed off by this fearful attrition,
while high above their heads rose the ruin-strewed and inhospitable
ice-foot.

"Stand by, lads, to move the boats, when I give the word. Look, Regnar!
What is that above the cliff?"

"That a light-house, I think. Guess that on Cape Torment. No light there
in winter; not many vessels here then."

"Yes, we are passing the capes, and not a mile distant is the hostelry
of Tom Allan. Well, we can't land, that's certain; and as we can't, I
hope we shall soon get into a wider channel. How the trees fly past! Ah,
here the pressure lessens; we shall soon be above the narrows, and if
the tide only serves--Good Heaven! what is that?"

An eddy seemed to catch the floe as he spoke, and whirling like a top,
it brought between it and the shore a fantastically-shaped berg, at
least twenty-five feet high. The "nip" was but momentary; but the lofty
shaft and its floating base cracked like a mirror, the huge fabric fell
into ruins, and one of its pieces, striking the smaller boat, crushed it
into utter uselessness.

La Salle viewed the wreck of his little bark ruefully a moment.

"Well, the worst is over, and we are fortunate in losing so little, for
it might have struck the larger boat, and that would have been indeed a
loss. Come, boys, we have passed Cape Torment; let us pick some of those
birds and get breakfast, for we shan't land this day, with an easterly
gale hurrying the ice-pack thus to the north-west."




CHAPTER XI.

TAKING AN INVENTORY.--SETTING UP THE STOVE.


Peter was already picking a dead goose, and Regnar and Waring were about
to follow his example, when La Salle interposed.

"Let us skin the birds, for it may be that we shall be unable to land
for several days, and if so, we shall need all the covering we can get,
for this thaw is sure to be followed by a severe frost or two."

"Sposum tide turn, ice lun down to capes, then get ashore," said Peter,
confidently.

La Salle drew out his watch.

"It was high tide at four o'clock, and it is now nearly seven. Peter,
just climb to the top of the berg, and see how we drift."

Peter dropped his half-picked bird, ascended with eager agility, lined
another projection of the floe with some object on the New Brunswick
shore, seemed puzzled, looked more carefully, and then slowly descended,
apparently sad and disheartened.

"Well, Peter, how is it?" said La Salle, cheerfully.

"No good; ice lun north-west, against tide; no get ashore to-day," was
the reluctant answer.

Regnar seemed little surprised, but Waring turned almost white with
anxiety and disappointment.

"I thought as much," said La Salle, quietly. "With such a gale as this,
the tide, whose rise and fall does not average four feet on this coast,
often seems to run in one direction, and even to remain at flood for a
day or two; but even if it did fall, this floe carries sail enough with
this wind to make from two to three miles an hour against it. We shall
probably have easterly and southerly winds until to-morrow, and must now
be well up to Cape Bauld, and about mid-channel, say twelve miles from
shore."

"Why not try land, then, with the boat? We four could surely make twelve
mile in the course of the day," asked Regnar, somewhat impatiently for
him.

"How deep is the snow and slush now, Regnie?" asked the leader of the
little party, calmly.

"'Bout knee-deep on level ice," said the boy.

"Come up here, all of you," said La Salle, ascending the lookout.

The three followed, and found themselves scarcely able to stand at
times, when a fiercer blast than usual swept up the strait, howling
through the tortuous and intricate ravines and valleys of the
ice-fields.

"Can we cross such a place as that?" asked La Salle, pointing to where
an edge of a large ice-field, suddenly lifted by the wedge-like brink of
another, began a majestic and resistless encroachment, with the
incalculable power communicated by the vast weight pressing behind it.

A body of ice, at least a yard in thickness, ran up a steep ascent of
five or six feet, broke with its own weight, pressed on again up the
steeper incline, broke again, and so continued to ascend and break off
until a ridge a score of feet high, crested with glittering fragments of
broken ice, interrupted the passage between the two floes.

Regnar was silent, and then said, resolutely,--

"We can try, at least."

"Well said, Regnie," cried La Salle; "but look again yonder." He pointed
to a small lead of open water bounded with abrupt shores, which were
surrounded with rounded balls and water-worn fragments of ice. A berg,
losing its balance, fell with a loud splash, sank, and came to the
surface with a bound, covering the water with wet snow and the ruins of
the shattered pinnacles. "Can we also pass the heavy drags of the
drifted snow, the baffling resistance of floating sludge, and such
dangers as that?"

Turning, he descended under the lee of the shelter, where he was soon
followed by the rest.

"What spose we do, then?" asked Peter. "We stay this place to die of
cold and hunger?"

"Peter, I'm ashamed of you," said La Salle. "Die, do you say, when we
have food, shelter, fire, and covering? We must, indeed, stay here until
the winds and sea give us a better chance to escape to the shore.
Meanwhile let us try to make ourselves comfortable."

Accordingly the birds--six geese and eight brent--were divested of their
skins, which furnished patches of warm covering, of from two to four
square feet. The sinews of the legs were divided into threads, and,
using a small sail-needle which he carried to clean the tube of his gun,
La Salle proceeded to show Waring how to make a large robe, placing the
larger skins in the middle, and forming a border of the smaller ones.

Meanwhile Regnar had cleared the snow from a space about twelve feet
square in front of the door, and, with fragments of ice, cemented with
wet snow, formed a walled enclosure which kept off the wind; and Peter,
splitting two or three of the wooden decoys, soon built a fire, over
which a pair of geese, spitted on sticks, were narrowly watched and
sedulously turned, while La Salle made a cup of his carefully-treasured
coffee.

As they sat eating their rude meal, Regnar broke the silence; for it may
well be believed that no great hilarity pervaded the little party.

"As we not know how long we may be adrift, I think we better take
'count stock. See how much wood, provisions, powder, shot, everyting."

"You are right, Regnie; we will set to work at once. I can tell how much
food we have now. We have a little bread, coffee, sugar, and a tin of
sardines, which I think we had better reserve for possible emergencies,
also six candles, which we must not waste. I have a pound canister of
powder untouched, and nearly half a pound more in my flask, with about
five pounds of shot, and three dozen shot-cartridges of different sizes,
say sixty charges in all. Besides that, my rifle lies in the boat,
loaded, with a small bag of bullets, and a quarter-pound flask of rifle
powder."

"I," said Waring, "have thirty cartridges for my breech-loader, and a
few of the caps for them, in a box in my pocket."

"I have nearly a pound powder, some wads, caps, and 'bout two pounds of
shot left," said Regnar.

"Spose I got half pound powder in old horn, box caps mos' full, an' tree
poun' goose shot," said Peter.

"We have, then, somewhere between one hundred and fifty and two hundred
rounds of ammunition, and provisions for a week, allowing ourselves no
addition to the present stock. Count the decoys, Regnie, while I look up
our tools, &c."

Regnie reported forty wooden decoys, twelve of sheet iron, eight of cork
and canvas, and twelve wooden duck decoys. Besides these, there were
still untouched a dozen bunches of fir and spruce twigs, like those used
in covering the floor of the ice-hut. In addition to these, La Salle
found one large boat, the broken smaller one, a pair of oars, a pair of
rowlocks, a short boat-hook, baler, two lead-lines and leads, two
shovels, and two axes.

"We are well provided for a week of such weather as this, and have only
to fear a sudden change to extreme cold. I therefore think the first
thing for us to do, is to finish our feather quilt, enlarge our hut, and
get up a stove as soon as possible."

A general expression of incredulity showed itself on the faces of the
trio, which La Salle evidently interpreted rightly, and therefore
hastened to explain himself.

"Of course we must first make our stove."

"Why, Charley, what on earth can we make our stove of?" said Waring.

"Sheet iron, of course."

"But where is the sheet iron to come from? We haven't any here--have
we?"

"Ah, I know twelve decoys sheet-iron, only they painted."

"Yes, Regnie, you have guessed it. Those decoys are about as good sheet
iron as is made, and we can burn the paint off, I guess. Five of them
will furnish a cylinder, conical stove, fifteen inches diameter, and as
many high, and five more will give us about seven feet of two and a
half-inch stove-pipe. Bring in the decoys and axes, and we'll get it up
at once."

"Come on, boys," said Waring, whose spirits had risen perceptibly since
breakfast. "We'll have a hotel here yet, and supply passengers by the
mail-boat with hot dinners."

"Sposum me have knife, I help you. Leave _waghon_ home yesterday for
_h_ould woman make baskets," said Peter, ruefully.

"I guess we shall manage with the axes, although we need a knife like
your Indian draw-knife. Reach me a large decoy, and the heaviest of
those cod-leads."

La Salle had already "laid out" with the point of his penknife the shape
of one of the sections of his proposed stove upon one of the decoys from
which Regnar had already removed the iron leg, which was about six
inches long, sharp pointed, and intended to be driven into the ice. Each
section was twenty inches long, eight and a half inches wide at the
lower end, and two and a half at the upper; and luckily the outline of
the goose gave very nearly this shape, with little trimming, which was
effected by laying the iron on the lead, applying the edge of the
smaller axe as a chisel, and striking on its head with the large. The
laps were then "turned" over the edge of an axe with a billet of wood
cut from the old cross-bars of Davies's shooting-box, which were young
ash saplings. Then the pieces were put together, the laps solidly
beaten down, and despite a little irregularity of shape, the job was
not a bad one.

Five other decoys furnished as many parallelograms of seventeen by eight
and a half, which made good two and three quarter inch pipe, and
afforded nearly seven feet in length when affixed to the cylinder.

It was nearly four o'clock when the work was thus far completed.

"If we only had a flat stone to set it on," said Waring.

"I should not despair of that even," said La Salle, "if we dared look
around on some of the older floes; but we shall have to do without one
for a day or two, I think."

"Peter make glate, three, two minutes, only glate burn up every day or
two;" and hastening out, he returned with a very large decoy, which, on
account of its portentous size, had been made the leader of the "set"
when arranged on the ice.

With the axe he broke off the head, and then taking six of the ten iron
legs, he drove them two or three inches deep into the tough spruce log,
until the spikes surrounded it like the points of a crown. La Salle had
re-riveted the four others at equal distances around the base of the
stove, while Regnar had removed a part of the snow on the roof, and,
cutting a large aperture through the bottom of the inverted box, nailed
over it the eleventh decoy, through which a roughly-cut hole gave
admittance to the chimney.

The fir-branches were then removed to the yard, and covered from the
still falling rain with the rubber blanket, while all hands joined in
enlarging their quarters. The ice was singularly hard and clear, and
contained no cracks or other sources of weakness. By sunset the lower
part of the hut was enlarged from eight feet square to twelve feet
diameter, a circular shape being given to the excavation, so that a
continuous berth, about two feet wide and a yard high, ran completely
around the floor of the hut, or rather to within about four feet of the
door on either side. The fir-twigs were replaced in the berths and
around the floor, leaving a bare space of nearly four feet diameter in
the centre. Here a slight hollow was made, to contain the novel grate,
and the stove was placed in position over it.

Waring brought in a shovelful of embers from the dying fire outside,
under whose ashes a goose, swathed in sea-weed, was preparing for
supper, and Peter followed him with some small chunks of wood. The stove
"drew" beautifully, and but one drawback could be discovered--it made
the atmosphere within too warm for comfort, at the then temperature. "No
matter that," said Peter, prophetically; "we glad see plenty fire here
to-morrow night."

It was nearly midnight when the four ate supper and gave the fragments
to their faithful dog. Before sleeping, La Salle stepped outside the
hut. The wind had lessened greatly, but still blew mildly warm from a
southerly direction. "We must now be somewhere off Shediac, but I see no
open water, and the pack is as close as ever. We shan't get down to the
capes with this wind, and to-morrow at this time, if the wind holds, we
shall be up to Point Escumenac. I don't care to think what next; but if,
as Peter says, we are to have cold, westerly weather, we must move off
into the open Gulf and then--Well, we shall endure what it pleases God
to send us."

Notwithstanding their fatigue, all were awake at daylight the next
morning, and immediately the whole party ascended their lookout. The
wind still blew in very nearly the same direction, but with little
force, and at noon, as the party sat down to their first meal for the
day, no land could be plainly determined, and for an hour the utmost
calm prevailed, with an unclouded sun. The pack was still closed,
however, with the exception of two or three small openings, in which
were seen a seal and several flocks of moniac ducks, known on the
Atlantic coast as "South-Southerlies." The former could not be
approached, but Peter got two shots at the ducks as they gyrated over
the berg, and killed three at one time and four at another, which were
duly skinned, and the bodies consigned to the "meat-safe," a hole in the
ice near the door.

This meal tasted a little better than the former ones, the birds being
seasoned with salt procured from sea-water by boiling--a slow process,
which La Salle promised to make easier when the next frost set in. The
bird-skins had been carefully cleaned from fat, and sewed into two
blankets about seven feet by five each, and stretched on the ice with
the flesh side uppermost, were rubbed with salt and ashes, and then
exposed to the sun, receiving considerable benefit thereby.

For supper, a soup of fowls thickened with grated biscuit was eaten with
hearty relish by all but Waring, who claimed to have eaten too much at
dinnertime, although La Salle fancied that he looked flushed and pale by
turns.

"Do you feel sick, George?" said La Salle, anxiously, when the others
were temporarily absent from the hut.

"O, no, Charley; don't fuss about me. I'm all right, only I've eaten a
little too much of that fat meat, and taken scarcely any exercise," was
the reply.

"Well, George, don't fail to let me know at once if you do feel sick,
for my stock of medicines is limited, and I must do my doctoring during
the first stages of the disease," said La Salle, gravely.

"Yes, I should judge so, doctor," laughed Waring; and, turning to the
fire, he placed another stick under the cylinder, as if suffering from a
chill.

At an hour before sunset they saw on their left hand, and, as nearly as
they could judge, about twelve miles away, the high headland of
Escumenac. The pack opened a little, for the wind had now been blowing
for about three hours from the west, the air was very perceptibly
colder, and the standing pools on the ice began to freeze. Under Le
Salle's direction, Regnar cut a hole in the ice, which would hold about
four pailsful of salt water, and filled it to overflowing, while Peter
cut up a dozen of the decoys into junks three inches square, and piled
them near the door.

As they entered the hut, they found Waring shivering over the fire. "I
am afraid, Charley," stammered he, "that I am going to be very sick, for
I can't keep warm to save my life."

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XII.

DOCTORING UNDER DIFFICULTIES.--AN ANXIOUS NIGHT.--FROZEN UP.


La Salle examined the condition of his patient, and found his tongue
furred, his pulse quick and feverish, his tonsils badly inflamed, and
the chills alternating with flushes of fever heat. The mind of the
patient, too, was anxious; for at the close of the brief examination he
said, "I hope I shan't be sick, for there isn't much show for me out
here on the ice."

"And why not, George? Although I hope you will have nothing more than a
bad cold, yet I think I could cure a pretty sick man out here."

"But we have no medicines, or beds, or food, or anything, scarcely."

"What nonsense! We are far more comfortably housed than the poor
Esquimaux, and even Peter there lives no warmer than we do--do you,
Peter?"

"_Womegun_ hetter than this; but this place very comforble. _I_ no fraid
freeze here."

"Well, George, I must turn doctor now, and try to stop this cold; for
as yet it is no worse. Peter, make a fire outside, and heat the iron
bailer full of salt water. Regnie, reach me my powder-horn and the
little tin cup of the lantern."

Pouring four drachms of gunpowder into the cup, he filled it about half
full of water, and setting it near the hot coals under the red hot
cylinder, soon dissolved the explosive, forming an inky fluid. From the
ammunition bucket he drew a small phial, which had been filled with
olive oil, and pouring some hot water and a little shot into it, he soon
cleaned it for the reception of the fluid, which he filtered through
several thicknesses of his woolen gun-cover. About a fluid ounce of a
rather dirty-looking solution of saltpeter resulted, to which a little
sugar was added.

"Here we have," said the man of drugs, "some three drachms of saltpeter
in solution, of which, by and by, you may take about one sixth, letting
it gargle your throat going down. Peter, is the water hot?"

"Yes, broder, water boilin' hover. What do with him now?"

"I want to soak his feet; but what shall we do it in? I can fill my
seal-skin boots, but they would be awkward."

"There's the ammunition bucket," suggested Regnie.

"That was made to hold peas and such like, and leaks like a sieve."

"Put the rubber blanket around it," interposed the patient.

"That's the idea," said La Salle. And hanging up one of the bird-skin
rugs in its place, the "mackintosh" was drawn and carefully knotted
around the rim of the shaky receptacle. Into this the hot water was
poured, and being duly tempered to a safe degree of heat, Waring removed
his boots and stockings, and, seated on a couple of decoys, bathed his
feet and ankles for about fifteen minutes.

In the mean time, the portion of the sleeping-room farthest from the
door, was carefully fitted with dry twigs and one of the bird-skin
coverlets, and the lad's stockings were thoroughly dried at the stove
until they felt warm and comfortable. Taking one of the discarded
cotton-flannel shooting-gowns, duly warmed at the fire, La Salle and
Regnar carefully and energetically dried and rubbed Waring's
extremities, now warmed and suffused with blood drawn from the overtaxed
blood-vessels of the head and body, after which his warmed and dried
foot-gear were replaced, and he was tucked away in his berth.

"Does your chest pain you at all, George?" asked his attendant, as he
drew the thick feather covering over the sick boy.

"No; but my throat does a little. It feels much better, though, than it
did."

La Salle thought a moment, then drew from a little cavity in the wall
near the door a small junk of bird-fat, which he melted in the tin cup.
"I will rub your throat with goose-grease. It is a great favorite of the
old women, and will keep the air from your tender skin, if it doesn't
relieve the soreness of the inflamed membranes." So saying, he rubbed in
the warm, soft fat with his hands, covering the skin above the bronchial
tubes and the soft parts of the throat with the penetrating unguent,
then fastening a turn of his list gun-cover around his throat, he
replaced the covering, and taking his cap, went out into the night air,
and seeking the lookout, glanced eagerly out over the waste of ice.

The night was clear and cold, with only an occasional puff of wind from
the westward; but the temperature was falling fast, and the snow-crust
broke under the foot with a sound ominous of biting cold. All around was
ice, and even if the light-houses along that coast were lighted in
winter, it is doubtful if the party were near enough to land to see any
except that of Point Escumenac, which at noon bore north-west and about
fifteen miles away. Since that time, the drift of the pack, at nightfall
evidently making eastward, or rather north-east, had probably increased
the distance to nearly forty miles.

La Salle surveyed the wild scene around him--the pillars hewn from vast
masses of eternal ice by the shock of fearful collision, the slow action
of the sun, the corrosion of the waves, and the melting kisses of the
rain, and thus fashioned into fantastic mockeries of fane, monument,
tower, and spire, even by daylight were strangely wonderful, but under
the mystic night and the weird light of the stars, seemed like icy
statues, in whose chill bosoms were incarnated the genii of desolation
and death.

"Ay! thus we move, helpless, lost, and beyond the aid of man, convoyed
by a fleet of fantasies into a sailless sea, and to an unknown fate.
Well I know that by to-morrow, myriads of eyes will watch for signs of
our presence from Canseau to Gaspe, and on both shores of St. Jean; but
they will look in vain. A week hence they will hear of our disappearance
in Baltimore, and Paulie will know her own heart at last. I may not
regret this if I escape with life, for well I know we are like to come
back as men from the dead."

"Why do you speak of death, La Salle?" said a voice in good and even
polished French; and La Salle, turning, found that Regnar stood beside
him. An air of education which he had never noticed before seemed to
pervade this youth, who spoke English almost execrably, and had shown
little more than a passable knowledge of the coast of Labrador, and a
keen insight into all the varied craft of hunter and fisherman.

"I was only thinking," said La Salle, evasively, speaking in the same
language. "But how is it that you, who know French and German, speak
English so badly?"

"You will know some time, but not to-night; although I may tell you
this--that I shall receive from you the greatest good that man will ever
confer, or at least the realization of some long-cherished desire. God
grant that it may end my long search for him, although my life end with
it."

"Of whom do you speak?" asked La Salle, impressed with his manner.

"Regnar don't care talk now. Nights getting cold; so come in and look at
sick boy. Ha, ha, ha! You've been tinman, tailor, cook, navigator, and
now you're doctor. Come on!" And La Salle almost doubted his own sanity
as he followed the old Regnie of his Labrador voyage down the side of
the mound, where a moment ago an unsuspected, hidden fire had revealed
itself.

Just as they were about to enter the little outer enclosure, La Salle
laid his hand on the arm of his companion. "Regnie, don't for your life
let the others know that I have doubt of our safety; and keep up poor
Waring's spirits if you can."

Cheerfully and firmly the answer came back in good Parisian, "I will not
fail you. I have no fear now, and the life of the ice is nothing new to
me. When the winds have done their work, and we no longer look for the
loom of the cliffs, or the hazy purple of the distant forests, I will
take my turn in your place." And grasping La Salle's hand, Orloff
stepped into the chamber.

"How you do, George? Here's the doctor again," and La Salle, with no
little anxiety, approached his patient.

"I have no chills now, but my throat is still quite sore, and I have
some fever, I think."

La Salle laid his hand on the boy's forehead. It was parched with fever,
but a close search failed to discover any signs of dangerous throat
symptoms. He looked at his watch.

"It is now ten o'clock. You may take another dose of the nitre, and
gargle your throat well with a little of it. Are you warm enough?"

"Yes, thank you. I guess I can sleep now, and you had better go to bed
too. Good night!"

"Good night, George. You'll be better to-morrow."

And placing a few billets in the cylinder, La Salle rolled himself up in
his heavy coat, drew off his long moccason boots, and placing his
stockinged feet where the heat of the fire would dry the insensible
perspiration they had gathered during the day, he prepared for a short
nap.

"Regnie, keep up the fire for a couple of hours, and then call me, for
it grows cold, and we must not let George get chilled again, on any
account."

About one, La Salle awoke to find Regnie still awake, and keeping up a
good fire, although he used the wood but sparingly. The cold had
evidently increased, and La Salle drew on his boots, which had improved
much in drying. As Regnar turned to his berth, he said,--

"It cold to-night, colder to-morrow, and warm to-morrow night. Then we
be in the open Gulf, and the warm winds will come again."

George slept but restlessly; and once more during the night a small dose
of the sirup was administered. About three o'clock, Peter awoke, and
said,--

"Why no let Peter watch? No doctor, but keep good fire and let you
sleep."

"Well, Peter," said La Salle, "I shall be glad to rest; but you must be
careful of the wood, and put in as little as will keep up a blaze, for
we have not a great deal, and that not of a very good kind."

"Me know no woods here, and Peter will not waste any, you better
b'lieve."

Laying his hand on George's head, he felt a slight moisture; and
covering him still more closely, he lay down with a hopeful heart, and,
wearied in mind and body, slept until nearly nine the next morning.

Regnar was broiling the dismembered body of a goose at the rude grate,
and at that moment was arranging on a slender spit alternate portions of
the heart, liver, and fat of the bird. After being seasoned with salt,
this was rapidly rotated in front of the fire by Peter, who watched with
much interest the preparation of three similar sticks.

La Salle sprang to his feet, and first hastened to Waring, who professed
himself cured, and wanted to get up.

"No, George; you must lie abed to-day, and accept a cup of _very_ weak
coffee and some bread. I shall let you eat nothing. You see," he
continued, as the boy broke into a fit of coughing, "that the cold has
not left you yet, and I have no doubt you feel some pain in your chest
now."

"Yes, it has gone into my lungs a little, but will wear off soon, I
guess. It always does at home."

"Well, we can't risk anything here; so I'll get your coffee, and after
breakfast, if Peter will get me a little pitch off the branches, I'll
make something for your cough."

The birds were well cooked and quite appetizing; and as he rose Peter
handed La Salle a small handful of Canada balsam, which in the shape of
small tears clung to many of the larger branches on the floor.

"That enough? If not, Peter get more."

"That will do--thank you, Peter."

But the eye of the speaker caught a look directed by Regnar at the roof
of the hut, from whence exuded a few drops of a blacker resin.

"Yes, I see Stockholm tar; that will help the cure much."

Placing the two in an iron spoon, rudely made from a fragment of the
decoys, they were gently melted, and a small quantity of sugar added,
with enough powdered biscuit to enable the mass to be rolled into little
balls.

"You must chew these and swallow the tar-water thus formed, and finally
the resins themselves, and you will find your cough much loosened by
to-morrow."

"Sposum you no want boat-hook, me make draw-knife of him. He steel, I
s'pose."

"Yes, Peter. The spike is very fine steel, I believe, as I told the
blacksmith I wanted it light and sharp. If you want it you can have it;
that is, if you feel sure you can make a knife."

"Mos' all Ingin make own knife. You never see Ingin knife in store. In
old time old men say Ingin make work-knife, war-knife, arrow-head, axe,
all ting he want when can't buy. Me make best knife in tribe 'fore me
lose arm. Some one must strike for me, an' I turn iron now."

Going out, he brought in several fragments of hard wood, and the spike
or head of the boat-hook. Making a hot fire, he placed the spike
therein, and sinking the edge of an axe in one of the decoys, got Regnar
to strike for him.

"Now no strike hard--strike quick and heasy, right that place every
time;" and taking the glowing iron from the fire, he laid it on the
light anvil.

It was wonderful to see how, like one who uses a trip-hammer, he drew
the iron under the rapidly-plied axe, until the round spike was a
narrow, thin blade about six inches in length. Then shifting the angle
of the iron a little, he directed Regnar how to beat down one side to an
edge, and lastly how to curve the flat of the blade a little at the
point, or rather end. Then, producing several small pieces of lime and
sandstone, found among the earth kept in the boats, for the use of
snow-blind gunners, he proceeded to rub down the edge to something like
fitness for use.

After this he carefully tempered the blade, and with a penknife cut out
a handle, in which he inserted it, lashing the two firmly together with
twine made from one of the cod-lines. Long and patient labor with his
few pebbles, and the leather of his cowhide boots, brought the _waghon_
at length to a keen, smooth edge; and great was Peter's joy when he
again carried at his belt a tool so indispensable to the Indian hunter
and workman.

That day, the fourth of their drift, brought little change in their
position--the icebergs frozen together, were drifting, if at all, in one
vast body. Towards night a north-west wind sprang up, and the
thermometer, had the party possessed such an instrument, would probably
have registered at least -10 deg.. A watch was kept all night to keep the
fire replenished, and all the appliances used to keep out the cold air,
and economize heat, scarcely kept the temperature up as high as +32 deg.,
the freezing point of water.

Waring was kept carefully covered up, and professed to suffer nothing
from cold, having all the extra clothing of the party. It was luckily
the last cold snap of the season, and with the sunrise of the next day,
Sunday, the fifth day of their voyaging, the wind had given place to a
calm, although cold, clear, bracing atmosphere.

After the usual ablutions, which were never neglected by the party,
followed by breakfast, the ice being closely frozen together, a walk to
a high berg at the distance of a quarter of a mile was proposed, as it
was thought that the course of the ice should bring them in sight at
least, of the North Cape of St. Jean. This was generally acceded to by
all but Waring, who preferred to remain and keep up the fire.

Taking their weapons, an ice-axe, and a light coil of rope, the three
soon arrived, without misadventure, at the foot of an irregular mound of
ice, at least fifty feet in height.

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XIII.

THE CHAPEL BELL.--THE FIRST SEAL.--THE NORTH CAPE.--A SNOW-SQUALL.


The way was rough, and not without its dangers, for more than once
Peter, who led the file, sprang just in time to save himself, as the
treacherous crust above some yawning chasm between two heavy "Pans"
crumbled under his feet; and once he fell headlong, clutching at a
friendly spur, just in time to escape tumbling among a lot of jagged and
flinty shards of young "crushed ice."

The wind was light at times, coming in puffs and squalls; and although
the day was bright, a mist here, snowy white, there crimson with
sunbeams, again darkening into purplish blue, and elsewhere of a heavy
and leaden obscurity, hung over the greater part of the sky, and made it
a doubtful task to prognosticate, with any degree of certainty, the
state of the weather for even an hour in advance.

As they proceeded, a strangely solemn, though faint and distant, sound
broke the oppressive silence. The three halted and listened intently.
Again, low as the moan of the dying surges on a distant bar, the sound
came thrilling over the icy sea to the southward, and each face flushed
with a new hope of speedy release from their wild prison-house.

"Hark!" said Orloff, raising his hand. "I hear the sound of a church
bell. We must be near the land."

"It must be from the tower of the Tignish Chapel, then," said La Salle,
"for no other land save the North Cape lies in our course."

Again a blast came whistling among the defiles, and again a calm
succeeded. All listened in breathless silence, and again the wished-for
sound which spoke of the proximity of human society and Christian
worship, came pealing across the desolate wastes, deserted of everything
having life, and impressing the fancy of the beholder as does the
desolation of long-forgotten cities, or the shattered marbles of the
unremembered dead.

"I know that place. That bell Tignish Chapel. Two year ago I camp on
Tignish Lun. Make basket, catch trout, shoot flover. Go hevery Sunday to
mass,--that same place,--take squaw, papoose, boy, girl, all folks. Know
that bell, sure. To-day Sunday, and folks going into chapel."

"He must be right," said La Salle, "but we are now near the berg, and
from its top we shall see if we are indeed near the North Cape. Make
haste, Peter; perhaps we may get near enough to-day to make our way to
the shore."

A broad, level floe was all that intervened between the party and the
berg which they sought. Running across it; although with some little
difficulty, for the ice was covered with slush concealed by a crust
insufficient to bear the weight of a man, they soon reached the berg. It
was evidently of Arctic origin, for it was much larger than any of the
many "pinnacles" in sight. It was composed of ice, which, wherever the
snow had failed to lodge, appeared hard, transparent, and prismatic in
the rays of the sun. Its sides were steep and precipitous, and at first
the members of the party began to fear that they should be unable to
mount the steep escarpment of eight or ten feet high, which formed its
base, which was further defended by a moat of mingled sludge and rounded
fragments, cemented by young ice.

Had the opposite bank been attainable, any of the party would have
readily leaped across, trusting to their speed to save themselves from
immersion among the rolling fragments; but no one cared to risk the
treacherous footing beneath that inaccessible wall.

"I'm afraid we shall have to go back to our own lookout, and trust to a
shift of the ice," said La Salle. "Can you think of any way of climbing
that pinnacle, Peter?"

"No way do that, unless cut a way into that hice, and then no safe
place to stan' on, sartain, this time," answered the Indian.

"Let me have that rope," said Regnar, quietly.

Taking the light Manilla painter, he proceeded to form a large loop, and
grasping it near the running knot, laid half a dozen turns across his
hand. Then swinging the coil around his head, he launched the rope at a
group of jagged points, which projected just above the edge of the
lowest part of the cliff. Again and again the noose came back unreeved,
and again and again the patient boy, with rare strength and skill, flung
the ample noose over the slippery spires of ice. At last, however,
success rewarded his efforts, and a strong pull, with the united weight
of all three, failed to start the closely-drawn bowline. Taking the axe
and bearing the most of his weight on the cord, Regnar crossed the
bending surface and shifting fragments, and finding a precarious footing
on the berg, wound the rope around his left arm, and with the right cut
steps into the brittle ice-wall.

In a few moments he ascended the cliff, and the others, leaving their
guns behind them, found little difficulty in following him. Leaving the
rope still fast, the three ascended the berg, which rose high above the
surrounding ice. Their first look was to the southward. For a moment the
distance and the ever-present snow deceived them; but the sun came from
behind a cloud, and they saw, afar off, the red sandstone face of the
snow-covered cliffs of the North Cape.

"They are now about twelve miles distant, and, as I judge, there can be
but little open water between us and the shore. Let us hasten back and
get the boat ready, for if this wind only holds, and no snow or rain
comes on, we shall soon be able to reach the shore."

At that moment something fell with a splash into a small, partially open
pool, on the farther side of the berg, and all saw a huge form disappear
under the surface. Each started, felt mechanically for his weapons, and
in brief monosyllables of Esquimaux, Micmac, and English, ejaculated the
name of the animal whose presence none had even suspected.

"_Ussuk!_" whispered Regnar.

"_Nashquan_," murmured Peter.

"A seal," said La Salle.

Orloff slid down the berg, caught the firmly fastened cord, swung
himself over the ice-foot, skipped lightly over the yielding fragments,
seized his gun, and returned in almost less time than it takes to
describe his movements. The seal, a huge male, had come to the surface
among the floating fragments at the farther side of the pool, some fifty
yards away, and now lay with his round head, protruding eyes, and stiff
bristles, strikingly expressing anger, fear, and curiosity--the last
predominating. Regnar threw his gun to his shoulder.

"What size shot have you?" said La Salle, laying his hand on his
shoulder.

"Two buckshot cartridge,--heavy enough for him. If he were old 'hood'
now! Look! I show you something."

The lad took deliberate aim, and then, with the full force of his
capacious lungs, gave a sharp, shrill whistle, which almost deafened his
companions, and was re-echoed from the icy walls on the farther side of
the pool, in piercing reverberations.

Surprised and affrighted by the unusual sound, the huge ussuk rose half
his length above the water, and looked around him. The icy cliffs echoed
the crashing volley, as both barrels poured forth their deadly hail
almost in unison, and the huge animal settled down amid incarnadined
waters and ice crimsoned with his life-blood, shot to death through the
brain so skilfully that scarce a struggle or a tremor bore witness that
the principle of life had departed.

Descending the berg, a small fragment of ice capable of bearing a man
was found, and Regnar, taking the end of his line, stepped upon it, and
with his gunstock paddled off to the dead seal, and affixing the line to
one of its flippers, pulled himself ashore, and joined the others in
towing the game to the berg. Landing it on a little shelf, La Salle and
Peter began to speculate as to how the huge carcass, which must have
weighed five hundred pounds, could be hauled over the berg, and safely
landed. Regnar laughed at the idea.

"We want not the meat--only the skin, blubber, and liver. Why not skin
here? Save much work for nothin'. Here, Peter, give me knife."

Peter drew the long blade from his belt, and Regnar making a single
incision from chin to tail, the body seemed fairly to roll out of the
thick, soft blubber coat which adhered to the skin. In less than two
minutes Regnar had finished what La Salle had no doubt would take at
least a good half hour. With equal deftness the liver was extracted, and
a few pounds of meat taken from the flanks.

Fastening the whole to the line, it was drawn to the top of the berg,
and thence down the slope to the rude stairs. As the weight was nearly
half that of a man, Regnar merely placed the bight of the rope around
the object on which it had caught. Its shape excited curiosity, and a
few strokes of the axe cleared off its covering of ice.

"This ice from Greenland," said Regnar. "Here is the stone the Inuit
uses for pots--what you call soapstone."

"Well, I hope we shall not need it," said La Salle, "for the North Cape
is now only ten miles away, and it is not yet noon. I want the blubber
for fuel, or I would not waste time with this skin even."

"We shall have all we want to get back to George. See how the clouds
close in. Plenty snow right away now. Come, Peter, get across quick."

La Salle groaned in spirit, as, from the berg which he had reascended,
he saw the distant red ledges shut out from view, and marked the first
scattering flakes fall silently through the now calm atmosphere. Looking
down, he saw that Peter and Regnar had got safely across the chasm, and
almost despairing of the fate of his party, he followed down the rude
steps, and across the treacherous bridge.

Letting the line slacken a little, Regnar gave a deft whirl, which cast
off the bight from the rock, and the party, dragging behind them their
prize, retraced their path amid what soon became a blinding snow-squall.
Luckily their track had been through deep snow, and therefore not easily
covered up; for when they reached their own island of refuge, they could
see scarce a rod in any direction.

Regnar dragged his prize to the little enclosure, and, pointing to the
snow-flake, said,--

"Soon they grow larger, softer, then turn to rain. Then this skin and
our boat must cover us, for the snow-water will spoil our house."

At that moment a flaw from the westward bore on its wings a repetition
of the sounds they had heard in the morning, but nearer and more
distinct than before. Heavily, measured, and mournfully, came the tones
of the great bell, as the storm-vapors shut down closer, and the west
wind blew fiercer across the icebound sea.

"They toll for the dead," said Regnar.




CHAPTER XIV.

THE PACK OPENS.--MYSTERIOUS MURMURS.--LOVE SCENES AND SOUNDS.


All day long the snow fell heavily, and although the wind blew with no
great violence, it was evidently increasing their drift eastward into
the open Gulf. At night the temperature was perceptibly higher, and as
they gathered around the light of the rude brazier in the centre of
their ice-cave, each for the first time opened his heavy outer clothing,
and felt the cool zephyrs that, from time to time, found their way
through the door curtain, to be a welcome visitant.

The fire had melted a deep hollow in the centre, which was naturally the
lowest part of the floor, and Peter quietly arose, and bringing in the
axe, cut a narrow but deep gutter out through the doorway. Reverently
that night the little group bowed their heads as Waring, with his sweet
voice, led the singing of one of the old familiar hymns, dear alike to
Churchman and Dissenter, and La Salle prayed that the hand of the
Father might be with them in their coming trials.

For already the boat had received her scanty store of food and fuel,
their weapons stood close at hand, a pile of cooked meats was cooling
near the door, and all knew that a few hours might again find them
seeking a new shelter, among perils compared to which those already
passed, were "trifles light as air."

Heretofore they had been exposed to no wide sweep of seas, and had never
felt the solid ice beneath them rolling and plunging through mountainous
surges, or dashed in terrible collision against its companions of the
dismembered ice-pack. Now every mile which they drifted increased the
sweep of the sea, and in the centre of the wide Gulf, the southerly
winds would scarcely fail to open, at least, the outer sections of the
floes.

As they concluded their brief Sabbath exercises, La Salle drew from his
vest pocket a stump of lead pencil, and seemed at a loss for something
on which to write.

"Have any of you a piece of paper?" he asked.

All answered in the negative; but a thought seemed to strike him, and
drawing from an inner pocket a much crumpled letter, he opened it, and
seemed to consider. The envelope was worn out, but had preserved the
closely-written note paper within; and taking a single page, he spread
it on his gunstock, and, in broad-lined, coarsely-made letters, drew up
the following record of their present position and prospects:--

    "OFF CAPE NORTH, SUNDAY, April 15, 186--.

    "TO WHOEVER MAY FIND THIS: This morning the undersigned, with George
    Waring, Peter Mitchell, and Regnar Orloff, all well, were twelve
    miles north-east of Cape North, but a snow storm prevented an attempt
    to land. Knowing that, with the presently impending southerly storm,
    we may have to leave our present refuge, I hereby assure those who
    may find this of our present safety, and desire them to forward this
    to the office of the Controller of Customs at Halifax, or St. John.

    (Signed)    "CHARLES LA SALLE."

"Regnie, please write this in French on the other side--will you?" said
the writer, as he finished.

Orloff took the page, and turning it over, did as requested; but as he
finished signing his own name, he let the pencil drop from his fingers,
and for a moment found himself incapable of movement or expression.
Controlling himself with an effort, he folded the note neatly, and
returned it, with the pencil, to La Salle.

"Who is your fair correspondent, M. La Salle?" said he, in French.

La Salle, with flushed face and eyes lighted up with due resentment of
the other's curiosity, answered,--

"You seem to have read for yourself."

Orloff's manner changed at once.

"A thousand pardons, monsieur, but I have a good reason for asking the
lady's name."

"Pauline H. Randall, as you may see for yourself," was the quiet reply.

"One more question, sir. Do you know her middle name?"

"I did, but cannot exactly recall it, as she never uses it in full, and
I have forgotten whether it is Hobel or Hubel; that it is one of the
two, I am pretty certain."

A glance of mingled expression shot from the eyes of Orloff, but he
restrained himself with a visible effort, and he became again the
somewhat phlegmatic pilot of the Gulf shore.

"Thank you, M. La Salle. You shall know more at a fitting season."

Taking one of Waring's cartridge cases, La Salle forced the record into
its narrow chamber, and selecting a small strip of pine,--a part of the
thin side of his crushed float,--he stopped the cartridge with a
tightly-fitting wad, and fastened it to the board with a piece of stout
cord. On the white board he printed, in large letters, "Read the
contents of the case;" and going out, he placed it firmly upright on the
summit of the berg.

At twelve that night the rain fell fast, the wind blew steadily from the
southward, and the undulations of the ice, from time to time, told that,
although safe in the very heart of the pack, yet still the field had
already resolved itself into its component parts. Towards midnight all
fell asleep, being satisfied that no immediate danger threatened them;
but at about half an hour before daybreak, Waring awoke, and placed a
few blocks on the smoldering embers. As he waited for them to burst into
a flame, he heard the air filled with confused murmurings, unlike any
sounds that he had previously experienced. Gradually they appeared to
draw nearer, to sound from all sides, to fill the air overhead, and even
at last to ascend from the depths below. Strangely sweet, yet sadly
plaintive, they at once charmed and terrified the poor boy, weak from
his recent illness, and worn with the anxieties of his situation.

At last Regnar awoke, and to him Waring applied for an explanation of
the strange sounds. Orloff listened attentively, and answered with
paling cheeks,--

"Such are the melodies which my people say that the sad Necker sings by
the lonely river, when he bemoans his lot, in that Christ died not for
him. Doubtless the sea has its water spirits, and they now surround our
island of ice."

Waring, unskilled in the folk-lore of Dane, Swede, and German,
answered,--

"It can't be that. It must be that some vessel is near us, or there is a
crew of wrecked sealers around us on the ice. Ah, Peter, are you
thinking of getting up. Listen to those sounds, and tell us what they
are--will you?"

Peter listened gravely and attentively.

"I not know that noise, brother. I know nearly all the cries of bird and
beast, and often I sleep all 'lone in the woods; hear howl, hear fox,
hear frog, hear everyting. Sometime I tink I know that noise; then I
tink I not know him at all. Get La Salle awake; ask him--he know."

La Salle slept but lightly whenever there was need of vigil, and the
last words had fallen on his awakening ears.

"What's the matter, Peter?" said he.

"We hear many strange noise. I not know, George not know, Regnie not
know, none of us know. There it come again. What you call that?"

La Salle listened a moment, went to the door, and then beckoned to his
companions to follow. The rain fell heavily, but the wind came warm and
gently from the balmy south, and no rude blast shrieked and sighed amid
the ice-peaks. The strange sounds were sweeter, louder, and apparently
nearer than before. Soft and sad as the strains of the disconsolate
Necker, plaintive as the mournings of men without hope, wild as the
cries of the midnight forest, and the sighings of wind-tossed branches.
La Salle laughed a low, glad laugh.

"You may sleep soundly," said he; "the coots and ducks have come
northward, and the spring is here at last. To-morrow will bring us
sport to repletion, for the sounds you hear are the love-songs of the
sea-birds, whose voices, however harsh, grow sweet when the sun brings
back again the season of love and flowers."

When the morn came, unheralded by sunbeams, and shrouded by leaden
rain-clouds, a veil of mist covered the vast ice-field, of which no two
masses retained their former proximity. A network of narrow channels
opened and closed continually among the dripping bergs, from whose sides
flashed the frequent cascade, and glimmered the shimmering avalanche of
dislodged snow. Amid this ever-shifting panorama, giving it life and
beauty, covering pool and channel with merry, restless knots of diving,
feeding, coquetting, quarreling swimmers, relieving the colorless ice
with groups of jetty velvet and scoter ducks, gray and white-winged
coots, crested mergansers in their gorgeous spring plumage, and fat,
lazy black ducks, with Lilliputian blue and green winged teal, filling
the air with the whirr of swift pinions, and the ceaseless murmur of the
mating myriads, rested from their long northward journey, a host such as
mortal eye hath seldom beheld, and which it hath fallen to the lot of
few sportsmen to witness and enjoy.

"I kill many birds on _h_ice, in _quetan_, among sedge out on the bay,
but I never see such sight. I never think so many birds in the world
before," said Peter, as he loaded his double-barrel.

"I been up Ivuctoke Inlet, on Greenland coast; down Disco saw great many
bird, but nothing like this," muttered Regnar.

"It is almost too bad to kill any of these lovely creatures," said
George, whose loving nature drank in the full beauty of the scene;
"can't we do without them?"

"We have only six birds, and some seal fat, meat, and liver. If it
closes the ice again we shall soon be short of food. So we'll get out
our floating decoys to leeward, and see what we can do to replenish our
larder."

La Salle's plan was duly carried out. A couple of flocks of floating
decoys were anchored to a protruding spur of ice, and for an hour or so
the four had their fill of slaughter. Each was limited to three
cartridges apiece, and no one would fire except at an unusually large
flock. Peter brought down a goose with each barrel, and six brent with
his third shot; Regnar killed nine black duck with one barrel, five
velvet ducks with another, and six teal with the third. Waring
unexpectedly had a shot at a flock of Phalapores, and secured twelve of
these curious birds; but his third shot at a solitary goose failed,
owing to a defective cap. La Salle, after a single shot which killed a
brace of brent, was about to reload, and had just poured in a charge of
powder, when he suddenly crouched behind a hummock, and motioned to the
others to follow his example; then, pointing to a small lead just
opening between two bergs about two hundred yards away, he called the
attention of his companions to an enormous seal, even larger than their
victim of the day before.

The new-comer was a prodigious "hooded" seal, and the loose skin which
enveloped his head was distended with air, and gave forth a hollow,
barrel-like sound, whenever, raising himself above the waves, he came
down with a heavy splash upon the surface. His aspect was savage and
ferocious, and he seemed looking for some object on which to wreak his
rancor; for from time to time he sent forth a savage cry, far hoarser
and prolonged than the whining bark which these animals usually utter.

[Illustration:]

"He's an ole male. He dreadful angry, and I s'pect some other one near
here. Yes, there he comes;" and Regnar pointed to another opening
between two massive floes, from whence, sounding a valorous defiance to
his challenger, emerged a second seal, even larger than the first. With
mutual animosity they darted towards each other, and the next moment
were engaged in a terrific combat.

So quick were their evolutions as they fought, now above and now below
the surface of the water, that the eye could scarcely distinguish which,
for the moment, had a temporary advantage, although one was much darker
in hue, and more beautifully marked than the other. They sprang into the
air, they dived beneath the surface, they threw their heavy bodies
against each other, they tore each other with teeth and claws, and the
water was covered with bloody foam.

La Salle watched the fray with divided interest. It was a new and
interesting lesson in natural history, and he wanted the huge skins and
blubber of the combatants, who fought on unconscious of their hidden
audience, and the deep interest taken in their movements. Half a dozen
times La Salle had raised his huge gun to fire, and lowered it again,
unable to get a sure aim, so sudden were the changes of the conflict. At
last, wearied but unconquered, both lay almost motionless upon the
water, tearing at each other's throats like bull-dogs who have fought to
mutual exhaustion.

As his heavy weapon settled into deadly aim, Regnar touched La Salle's
shoulder. "No shot heavy enough for those fellows; must have bullet.
That hood turn anything but rifle-ball."

By the side of the hummock lay a short piece of pine board, once the
movable thwart of the float. La Salle beckoned to Peter. "Make me out of
this a stout, sharp-headed arrow, with a heavy shaft." Peter doubtfully
drew his _waghon_ and split off a piece, which in about a minute was
whittled into a short, stout arrow, headed only with a wooden point, the
largest diameter of which fitted pretty accurately to the bore of the
heavy piece. La Salle, meanwhile, had drawn his shot, and motioning to
Peter to load a barrel of his own gun in like manner, turned to watch
the waning conflict, which, notwithstanding the exhaustion of the
combatants, had evidently produced little more damage than a few savage
flesh wounds.

In another moment Peter had fitted another arrow to his own gun, and
awaited the word. Regnar whistled sharp and shrill, the combatants
suddenly separated, and each, rising until his flippers showed above the
surface, looked on all sides for the source of this sudden interruption.
At once both guns roared in unison, a distance of scarce twenty yards
intervening between the marksmen and their prey. Peter's mark, the
largest and most beautiful of the two, fell dead, with its head
transfixed with the arrow, which waved feebly above the crimsoned
surface, as the huge body trembled with the throes of dissolution. La
Salle's aim was less sure, and the novel missile tore through the neck,
just below the ear. A fountain of blood sprang ten feet into the air as
the dying animal fell back, spurning the bloody pool with tail and
flippers; but the mighty heart sent forth its wasted life-tide, until
its current was exhausted and the powerful "old hood" was like his
whilom rival--a lifeless mass of inert flesh.

"Well, I never see such ting shoot before. I use duck shot, goose shot,
sometime nails, and sometime little stones, and once in woods I kill
gleat bear with junk of lead: but I never shoot arrow before." Thus said
Peter, wondering at his own achievement.

Waring had noted with great curiosity the effect of the new missile.
"Where did you learn that, Charley? To think that a piece of soft wood
should kill such huge animals!"

La Salle had hastened to launch the boat, but stopped to answer a
question in which all seemed to take an interest. "About three hundred
years ago, Captain John Hawkins, a stout skipper of Devon, and one of
those old sea-dogs who helped to conquer the great Spanish Armada, had
these arrows, which he called 'sprights,' to distinguish them from those
still used with the English longbow, made in large quantities, to be
used in the muskets of his men. He claimed that they passed through and
through the bulwarks of the Spanish ships, and highly commended them to
his contemporaries. I should prefer bullets myself, but have no doubt
that they attain a great range, and have, before this, driven a piece of
soft pine nearly five inches into a hard spruce post. I should feel
perfectly safe in meeting a bear or wolf with no other missile in my
gun."

Regnar jumped into the boat, and the two pushed off and secured the
seals, both of which were very fat, but covered with blood, and much cut
about the head and neck. Securing them with a rope, they returned to the
shore, and with some difficulty hauled them out upon the berg, where
Peter and Regnar hastened to skin them, and preserve such portions of
the meat as they required. The heads were also split to procure the
brains, and the large sinews extracted, after which the bodies were
consigned to the sea, and at once sank down until they were lost from
sight in the depths of the Gulf.

The three skins were then carefully stripped of blubber and membrane,
and Peter, taking the brains, mixed them with water into a soft paste,
which was spread over the inner side of each skin. Each was then folded
once, and then formed into a compact roll, tightly bound with the
sinews, after which the three skins were suspended at the top of the hut
above the stove, to await the softening action of the brain-paste.




CHAPTER XV.

A SAIL.--THE SEALING GROUNDS.--THE ESQUIMAUX LAMP.--AN INDIAN LEGEND.


About a hundred pounds of blubber lay upon the ice, and Carlo was
luxuriating on a whole hind quarter, which was given up to his especial
use, to make up for the rather short commons he had of late been reduced
to. About fifty birds lay behind the hummock, and Peter, who was anxious
to secure a bird-skin coverlet for his own use, set himself down to skin
the finest ones. Waring joined him in the task.

"There's the big berg where we killed ussuk yesterday. Less go and look
around. Perhaps we see land," said Regnar.

"No, Regnie; we are fifty miles from any land now, and I think about one
third of the way across to the Magdalen Islands. Still, I should like to
take an observation, and see where we are; and we may not have such a
calm spell again for two or three days."

Pulling off to the berg, they found the shelf on which lay the dead
seal, and climbing the ice-cliff, they saw spread out before them a
strange and pleasing spectacle. The fog had lifted, for it was now
nearly noon, and although some rain still fell, the eye could see the
broken ice-pack seamed with channels, and scarred with pools of varying
size, for at least eight miles in any direction. Regnar started, turned
to his companion, and seizing his shoulder with convulsive energy,
pointed to the east. A long ribbon of black vapor hung over the ice, low
down on the horizon, and beneath it towered the topsail of a brigantine,
going free before the wind.

[Illustration]

"It is a sealing steamer, boring out of the pack," said Regnar.

La Salle's first impulse was to rush to the boat, and rejoin his
comrades, to set signals, burn bonfires--anything which might possibly
call the attention of those on board. Then he considered the futility of
such endeavors, and he turned to his comrade,--

"We can't signal her now, Regnar, and we won't excite in our friends
hopes which cannot fail to be disappointed. We shall see her again
soon."

Regnar looked around them, cast glances of admiration on the abundance
of animal life presented to their view, gave a look of approval to his
friend, and answered in his Esquimaux-English,--

"It is good. I fear not. That steamer sail away to-day, for wind fair.
If wind east to-morrow, she sail this way. If wind north, she go south;
but she no leave this place till she beats the pack, like a hound. Look
there--see that floe. Plenty seal there to load one vessel."

The view was indeed charming, for ice and water were alive with birds,
and among them moved in every direction the bullet heads of many seals.

About three miles to the eastward lay a large pan, and around it the
water was dark with the older amphibia, while from it came, in the
occasional calm intervals, the unceasing whine, which the baby seal
never foregos for a moment, except when asleep or feeding.

"We want more skins, master," said the boy. "We could soon fill our
boat--we two."

A cold puff came from the westward, and a slight break showed itself in
the north-west.

"We shall have clear weather and a westerly breeze after sunset," said
La Salle. "We will get ready to-night, and to-morrow we will have a
battle among the seals."

Retracing their steps, they entered their boats, and returned to their
friends, to whom they imparted the news of the proximity of the
sealing-grounds.

"We need about ten large skins, and some smaller ones. So let us get
ready to-night, and if the weather is favorable, visit the 'nursery'
to-morrow."

So saying, La Salle took one of the large floating decoys made of cork
and canvas, and painted black, and drawing a nail from the broken boat,
fastened it to the end of a strip from the bottom--in fact, one of the
runners. This was planted beside the strip, sustaining the record
contained in the copper case, and formed a beacon, easily distinguished
against the lighter ice.

Guns were cleaned, knives and axes sharpened, for the soapstone boulder
had been brought from the berg, and afforded quite a good whetstone, to
patient labor; and Peter, with his knife, finished, in the course of the
evening, a number of wooden bolts for himself, La Salle, and Regnar; and
even Waring fitted a couple into two of the brass shells of his
breech-loader.

Regnar took the remains of the steel boat-hook, and succeeded in
straightening the hook, which he drew down into the shape of a rude
chisel. Peter tempered it for him, and then, with this rude tool and an
axe, he split the boulder of soapstone into halves, making two
bowl-shaped pieces, about fifteen inches across, in the line of
cleavage. One of these he proceeded to hollow out into an Esquimaux
lamp, for the stock of wood had been largely drawn upon during the cold
spell just over, and only about twenty decoys remained unburnt. Waring
sat next him, unraveling one of the old cotton-flannel over-shirts, and
twisting the fibres into large wicks; while La Salle made a cover of the
last remaining sheet-iron decoy, with holes for six wicks. As they sat
around the fire, Waring suddenly broke the silence.

"Charley," said he, "you have never told your story, although all the
rest of the club took their turn. We are not making much noise with our
work. Can't you give us your story now, to while away the evening?"

La Salle was at first disposed to comply, but his eye fell on the dark
features of Peter, opposite him.

"Peter," said he, "tell us one of the tales your old people tell around
the winter fire in the long, cold evenings. Tell us of Teahm or
Kit-pus-e-ag-a-now."

"How you know them?" asked the Indian, surprised out of his usual
self-possession. "You speak Micmac too?"

"O, no, Peter; but I have heard many of these old tales, and I know the
lads would like to hear them too."

"Yes, yes, Peter," added Waring, "let us have one, by all means."

Peter laid aside his pipe, for he still retained a little of his
treasured tobacco, and in a slow, sententious tone repeated one of those
tribal legends which are all that keep alive the fire of patriotism and
national pride, in the breasts of a people who find themselves
strangers, outcasts, and without a country in the land of their birth,
once theirs alone.


PETER'S STORY.

"The old people were camped long, long ago, near the Oolastook, where
now stands St. John. All this lan' Indian then. No 'hite man live here
that time, and the hunter always find game plenty--plenty moose, plenty
bear, plenty fish, plenty everyting.

"Then Indians not so wicked as now, and God had not sent 'hite men to
punish them for their sins. But even then they fought each other; and
between my people and the Quedetchque--that my name; you call 'em
Mohawk, I b'lieve--there was war, all time war.

"The Quedetchque come down every fall, follow down banks of river, wait
alound village until all my people asleep; make warwhoop, fire arrows,
set fire to _womegun_, lun off with prisoner, and plenty scalp. One time
all my people away, only squaw and children in town; Quedetchque
war-party come, burn an' kill; get plenty scalp of women and boy, and
chief take away Coquan, what you call 'Lainbow,' wife of great chief
'Tamegun,' the tomahawk.

"They hurry home fas', but the snow fall thick, an' soon Tamegun an' one
other man come home, fin' wigwam burnt, an' dead people all alound. They
tighten belts, take bow, knife, an' axe, and follow on track.

"One night they find tracks in snow, and soon come up to the camp. Many
warriors in that camp--make long camp, and door at each end, and fire at
door. All Quedetchque inside take off moccason and bathe sore feet in
big birch-bark tub near door; then wait until Coquan mend moccasons. All
this Tamegun see, and he find out where his squaw sit in lodge.

"Then he creep up like wildcat, and peep through bark so close he could
almos' touch her; but he only lift edge of bark, and slide in wampum
belt. Coquan work war-belt for him, and know who it is at once. Then she
go out, an' they talk together, far from the camp.

"Then Coquan go back into camp, and take all the moccasons outside, and
set the tubs of dirty water outside each door. Then she see Tamegun an'
his friend tie rope across door, jus' above ground, and the Lainbow slip
out again. Then Micmacs catch up tubs and throw water on the fires; all
out in a minute.

"Both cly the warwhoop many times at the door, an' the woman shoot
arrows through the bark. All the Quedetchque jump up, take knife an'
axe, think Micmacs got into the tent. All is dark; see nothing; think
everybody enemy. They stab with knife, cly war-cly, strike with axe,
kill each other. Some lun out doors, tumble over cord. Micmacs kill
every one. At last all dead but two boys, and Tamegun tie these to
trees.

"Then Tamegun get scalp, skin, beads, knife, spear, everyting he want.
Make three taboggin; load all they can carry; then set fire to camp and
burn all up. Then, when all ready, Tamegun draw his knife, an' cut
prisoners loose.

"'Go back to Quedetchque,' he say. 'They are squaws an' cowards. Tell
them come no more into Meegum-Ahgee,--in Micmac land,--for two Micmac
men an' a squaw have kill all your people. Go! You are too young to die.
Your flesh is soft. Come back when your scalps are fit for a Micmac's
belt.'

"So Tamegun got home all light, an' Quedetchque come no more for many
years. But my people no more fight. Many die in battle long ago. Many
die of small-pox an' fever, and now we are few. So it will be until He
comes for whom all Indians wait. The story is ended."

       *       *       *       *       *

Thus in rude English, Peter related one of the many tales, which still
serve to keep alive a people's pride in the glories of bygone days, so
unlike their present degradation, that to the general observer the
civilized Indian _seems_ to know nothing of the past, to be scarcely
conscious of his ignoble surroundings and circumstances, and to have no
care or hope for a brighter future. La Salle knew well the wild legend
of the Deliverer, in whom, in spite of his Catholic faith, the Indian
everywhere has an inherent trust, as the slowly but surely-coming
protector and restorer, of his ancient happiness.

"Thank you, Peter," said he, kindly. "Your people were a brave race, and
true as steel to your _Wenooch_ (i.e., French). They fought as long as
their allies dared to strive; and it was long after the last French
fortress surrendered that the warriors met at Bay Verte, to become true
subjects to the king they had fought against for years."

"Yes," said Peter, sadly. "My people once strong and brave; now they
waste away like the snow. I know many families almost gone, an' but few
pure Indian live this end of island. We see it, if 'hite people think
not, but we do not care to let them see our tears."

There was a simple pathos in the broken words of this unlearned man--for
he was no savage--which went to the hearts of his hearers; and La Salle
felt more strongly than ever, the cruel cowardice of that popular
outcry, which denies a whole people all share of innate nobility and
virtue, and visits on a deceived and wronged race, both their own sins
and the short-comings of those who should be their natural protectors.

The party finished their various undertakings, carefully removing their
litter. La Salle and Regnar went outside to take a last look at the sea
and sky. The stars were visible here and there, through the dispersing
clouds, and the drip of melting ice was no longer heard, for the
temperature had again fallen below the freezing point.

"We are drifting south of east," said Regnar, quietly, "and unless
picked up will probably clear the south point of the Magdalen Islands."

"How can you tell that?" asked La Salle.

"Easily enough," said the lad, talking still in French. "The wind is
westerly, and the current runs from north to south."

"But how can you decide on the points of the compass?" persisted La
Salle.

For the first time the boy seemed to wonder at the question, and to
doubt the wisdom of his friend.

"Who can fail to know?" said he, quietly, "when he can see in the
heavens above him, the steady light of the Polar Star?"




CHAPTER XVI.

THE BREEDING-GROUNDS OF THE SEAL.--A CURIOUS SIGHT.--A SHARP
ENCOUNTER.--ICE CHANGES.


Early the next morning the breakfast was hurried over, and a survey of
the ice disclosed little change from the conditions of the day before,
except that the natural attraction of floating bodies for each other was
evidently slowly closing the pools and intervening channels.

Leaving Carlo to guard their dwelling, and tying the black "McIntosh"
blanket to the signal-staff, the four stepped into the somewhat narrow
quarters of their clumsy boat, and using the oars as paddles, set off
through a channel which led, as nearly as they could judge, in the
direction of the field of seals seen the day before, and whose constant
whining still gave evidence of their close proximity.

Scarcely two miles of tortuous winding through channels of perfectly
calm water, led them into a pool in which hundreds of large seals were
disporting themselves, but which, on seeing the boat, scattered in all
directions, after a moment of stupidly curious exposure to the fire of
the intruders.

"How lucky it is that these animals don't know their own power!" said
Waring. "If they chose they could soon upset the boat, and tear us in
pieces."

"Not without losing at least half a dozen of their leaders, and that is
generally sufficient to deter hundreds of men, whose reasoning powers
are much superior to these amphibia," said La Salle.

Passing into a narrow channel, in which at every turn they came close
upon swimming and sleeping seals, they suddenly swept up to the verge of
a vast and heavy field, on which thousands of the young of these animals
lay in helpless inability to move. Most of these were what are called
"white-coats,"--fat little things, covered with a thick coat of woolly
fur,--but a few had attained their third week of existence, and wore
their close-laid fur, whose silvery, sword-like fibres, when wet, lie
flat and smooth as glass.

Among the smaller fry were many adult animals, both male and female--the
latter being generally engaged in suckling their young.

The landing of the hunters was the signal for a general stampede, and
the monotonous whining of the "white-coats" was almost lost in the deep
barking of the mothers, and the hoarse roars of the large males.

The floe on which the young seals lay was a thick field of ice, whose
clear, greenish sides showed that it was the product of some Greenland
glacier. Years ago, when first detached from the ice-river of some
tortuous fiord, it had perhaps measured its depth in hundreds of yards;
and even now, judging from its height above the surface of the
sea,--about eight feet on the average,--it must have drawn nearly eight
fathoms of water.

The party had landed on a kind of sloping beach, probably worn by the
action of the sun, and what is even more destructive, the wash of the
sea-waves, and ascending found that the floe was nearly level for an
area of at least half a square mile, forming a kind of ice-meadow,
surrounded on three sides by sloping hills twenty feet higher. In the
sheltered valley thus formed lay at least a thousand seals, old and
young, of several species, and all ages.

There were, here and there, pairs of the small Greenland seal (_Phoca
Vitulina_), weighing from forty to sixty pounds, and marked on the back
with beautiful mottlings of black, shaded down to the silvery white of
its spotless breast. These, when disturbed near the edge of the floe,
slid noiselessly into the water, going down tail foremost into the
depths. Most plentiful of all were the "springing seals," (_Phoca
Hispida_),--known sometimes from its markings as "the harp,"--less
beautiful in form, and with hair of a dusky yellow on the under side.
These, when near the slope, sprang headlong into the water, and, diving
with a splash, came up in shoals, darting forward with a springing
motion, and emerging and disappearing much like a shoal of porpoises.

Larger, coarser, and with crested heads, long bristles, and harsher
hair, the "bearded seal" (_Phoca Barbata_),--the noblest quarry of the
Newfoundland sealer, who always speaks of him as "the old hood
sile,"--crawled with uncouth but rapid shuffling motions to the brink,
and with splashings that threw the spray high in air, dived at once,
only emerging when almost beyond rifle range, where rolling, and
splashing like whales, the uncouth monsters would turn to inspect the
strange intruder.

"Come, Charley," said Waring, "let us shoot. See, they will all be in
the water before we begin."

"No hurry," said Regnar, phlegmatically. "Steamer almos' load here."

"There is no heed of haste," said La Salle, pointing to the upper end of
the ice-valley. "We have the seals in a _cul-de-sac_, and can take our
pick, as they pass by us to the water. We want ten of the largest hoods
at first, and we have about that number of bolts with us. After we get
them, each can kill what small seals he needs for boots and clothing.
Now for the old hoods. Fire at close range, and don't miss. Come, let us
begin the battle, for they are coming down upon us."

By this time the alarm had become general, and finding their retreat cut
off, about five hundred seals, leaving behind their helpless young, came
in a disordered but solid body down towards the hunters, the smaller
Greenland and "harp" seals on the wings, and evidently wishing only to
escape; but in the centre a small band of the more savage "bearded
seal," their coarse bristles quivering with rage, the loose skin of
their heads distended with air, and the white teeth of their yawning
jaws threatening wounds and death to the invaders, came on with hoarse
roarings, which rose above the weaker cries of the uncouth host like the
thunder of artillery over the rattle of musketry in battle.

The usually impassive Indian now seemed in his element. His sullen eyes
lit up with a true hunter's love of the chase, when the danger is not
all on one side, and only the confidence of greater skill and superior
weapons overcomes the sense of personal peril. Leaping forward, he led
the attack, running for some forty yards towards the advancing monsters,
followed by the others, who came close on his tracks, but quite unable
to charge in line.

Raising his gun, he suddenly halted scarce ten paces from the front of
the sea-wolves, and, without hesitation, two of the largest shuffled
ahead of their comrades, knitting their brows, and roaring with a fury
which might well try the nerves of any man exposed to such an attack.
One fell a little behind as Peter brought his gun to his shoulder. The
first rushed forward, but as he lowered his huge head to attack, the
arrow-point, hardened in the fire, shot forth in a sheet of flame, and
buried itself to the feather in the brain, passing through the thin
walls of the top of the skull.

At the unwonted sound, reverberated again and again from the cliff, even
the forlorn hope retreated a little; but not so with the second seal.
Throwing back his head until his yawning jaws almost hid the rest of his
body, he came straight at the destroyer of his mate, roaring with
redoubled fury. The heavy gun again poured forth its contents, but to
the horror of the advancing friends of the Micmac, the huge animal,
vomiting torrents of blood, was seen, amid the smoke, to strike down the
Indian, who was at once lost to view under the ponderous animal, which
instantly rolled over dead.

In a second La Salle and Orloff were on the spot, but their aid was
needless. Bruised and sore with the fall and compression, but not
otherwise injured, Peter sprang to his feet, and placing his gun between
his knees, proceeded to reload.

"_H_old seal die hard. Spose me miss 'em at first. Arrow hit all light.
Me plenty wet blood though."

He was, in truth, a fearful spectacle, being covered with gore; but a
glance at the dead beast revealed the cause. The arrow had passed into
the mouth, transfixing the large arteries and the base of the brain, and
the blood was still deluging the ice in a crimson tide, from which the
hot vapors and sickening odor rose, maddening the remaining "hoods" to
another charge.

Quite a number of the smaller seals on the flanks had got by, and as the
pressure lessened, the array of the centre partook more of the "open
order" of advance. To a party as well armed as the four friends, this
change assured a bloodless victory. Each missile, fired point-blank, did
its work, and the huge monsters, unable to seize the agile hunters, as
they eluded their ponderous charge, received the fatal shot at such
close range that the fur around the wound was often scorched by the
burning powder.

Every barrel had been discharged, nine hooded seals had fallen, and the
survivors had already reached the open water; but frightened by the
unwonted sights and sounds, many of the smaller seals still remained at
the upper end of the valley, or with awkward speed were climbing the
sloping ice-hills which sheltered it. Drawing an axe from his belt,
Regnar started forward in pursuit. Peter and Waring, with clubs of hard
wood, followed, and La Salle, reloading his ponderous weapon, brought up
the rear.

A massacre of helpless and beautiful animals followed, for the next few
moments, for Regnar, with a single tap on the nose, killed two Greenland
seals; and following his example, Peter and Waring disposed of as many
more. Suddenly a loud cry from the latter broke the silent butchery.

[Illustration: "AND THE NEXT SECOND THE GLITTERING TEETH WERE ABOUT TO
CLOSE UPON HIS HELPLESS VICTIM." Page 237.]

"Look! Stop that old hood! That makes ten. My goodness! I never see such
seal! That's right, Peter, head him off. Hit him again, Waring! Take
that, you old bladder-nose!"

The seal, a monstrous one, a veteran male, had attempted to scale the
higher mounds, but surrounded by his more agile enemies, halted and
showed fight. In vain Waring and Peter showered tremendous blows upon
his head with their beechen clubs, and even the heavy axe of Orloff fell
upon his natural helmet of air-distended skin, with a violence whose
only effect was to increase the anger of the enraged amphibia, and fill
the scene of the strife with hollow sounds, like the hoarse booming of a
big drum.

At last Waring missed his aim, and his club, which was slung at his
wrist by a kind of sword knot, was seized in the jaws of the seal, and
his succeeding rush jerked the frightened lad from his footing beneath
the fore-flippers of the animal. It was only the work of an instant for
those terrible jaws to grind the club into splinters, and the next
second the glittering teeth were about to close upon his helpless
victim. At that juncture a huge rusty tube was thrust past Regnar's head
into the very face of the seal; a tremendous concussion threw him upon
the ice, stunned and deafened; and the monster, rearing into the air,
seemed to be fairly dashed to the ice, shivering with the tremor of
death.

"Are you hurt, George?" asked La Salle, breathless with haste and
restrained emotion.

"No, Charley; I am safe, thanks to you."

And the lad, still weak with his previous illness, fear, and excitement,
rose, threw his arms around his preserver's neck, and burst into a
passion of tears.

"Better look, Regnar. Guess blow him head off too," grumbled Peter, with
a strange mixture of vexation, pleasure, and humor in his tone, for he
loved Regnar, disliked to see men or boys cry, and knew that Regnar's
misadventure was more unpleasant than dangerous.

In a moment or so Regnar arose, holding his head with both hands, and an
evident feeling of uncertainty as to his whereabouts.

"Well, you call that gun Baby! I don't want her crying anywhere near me,
after this. I say, La Salle, you _sure_ my head all right on shoulders?"

La Salle hastened to assure him that all was correct, but Regnar gave a
grim smile, and continued:--

"It no use; I can't hear, not if it thunder. I've no doubt you say
you're sorry, but I no hear your 'pology, and I don't think I ever shall
again. Well, never mind. No time then to say, 'By your leave, sir,' and
I glad George got clear all right."

Drawing their knives the party commenced the less pleasant and exciting
task of flaying and butchering their victims. The ten "hoods" were
enormous fellows, averaging eight feet in length, and nearly six in
circumference, and weighing from five to six hundred weight each. Only
two were eviscerated for the sake of the heart and membranous vessels;
but the heads of all were struck off for the sake of the brains, and the
large sinews were extracted for "sewing thread." It was noon when the
first load was sent off, under the care of Regnar and La Salle, to the
home berg, and, two hours later, when they returned to the floe, they
found, with pleasure, that the distance between the two points had
materially lessened.

[Illustration]

Climbing the highest point of the floe, La Salle looked down upon a
strange spectacle. Reaching away a mile or two to windward was a
succession of floes, similar to the one on which he stood. Upon them all
the seals were gathered in hundreds, and beyond the last of the chain a
huge iceberg--a perfect mountain of congealed water--rose nearly a
hundred feet into the air. From its sides, resplendent with prismatic
colors and reflected light, flashed more than one cascade of pure fresh
water, and the light breeze, as it blew against its vertical walls, or
perhaps some currents deep down below the surface, was impelling the
huge mass, and the line of floes pushed before it, down the lane of open
water, which led to the floating home of the wanderers.

"We shall have but a short distance to row this load," said La Salle, as
he descended to the party; and indeed at that very moment the discolored
mound, surmounted by its dusky banner, appeared in sight, and before
long only about a quarter of a mile separated the two. At this point the
undetermined cause which had produced this change ceased, and the party
rowed homeward with their last load, just in time as the pack closed in,
and the channel through which they had rowed, in the morning, over a
glassy expanse of nearly a mile in width, narrowed, until, with a shock
which was wholly unexpected, so gradual and gentle seemed the motion,
the opposing borders were again united, and the waves of the sea were no
longer accessible.

That evening the party supped off fried seal liver and heart, and found
them fully up to the standard of excellence expressed by Regnar, who
said,--

"Reindeer steak good beef, ptarmigan good beef, brent good beef, seal
liver best beef of all."

Before going to bed La Salle cut into the ice-hole, which had been
filled some days before with salt water. After much cutting, he came to
about two quarts of water, which seemed thick and heavy. Baling this,
with a rude spoon, into their only iron utensil, it was placed amid the
embers, and left to boil away for the evening, while the adventurers,
gathering around their fire took counsel as to what step was to be taken
next.

"Let us make a tent," said Waring. "First thing we know this old floe
will split in two in a storm, and we shall have no house."

"Spose 'em lose house, we want clo'es. Need good boots too," said Peter,
who was indeed but poorly provided in this respect, compared with the
rest of the four adventurers.

"If we have a good boat, we have shelter on land or water," said Regnar,
sententiously.

"Regnar is right, and we must enlarge the capacity of our boat. She has
too little standing room, and we four should have little chance in her
in a heavy storm at sea. To-morrow we will make her into a life-boat at
once, for this pleasant weather cannot last long."

All agreed with La Salle in this decision, and accordingly the evening
was spent in preparing the seal-sinews, and in cutting thongs of
seal-hide from one of the largest skins. These, when soaked in water,
were capable of considerable extension, but in drying contracted, making
a lashing of the hardness and nearly the strength of iron.

The sinews were, many of them, a yard in length, and at least the
diameter of a large goose-quill. These split readily into threads of any
required firmness, and before the party retired, quite a bundle of large
and small thread was prepared. For the first time they worked by the
glare of their Esquimaux lamp, which, besides its shallow bowl of
soapstone, consisted of a top of thin sheet-iron pierced for six wicks,
each of which was flat, about one sixteenth of an inch thick, and an
inch wide. That evening all six were lighted--five of them being of
cotton thread, and the sixth cut from the brim of an old white felt
summer hat, used by Waring instead of his fur cap, when the sun shone
too warmly at noon. The top was made loose, so as to rest on the
blubber, and the heat tried out the oil as fast as it was wanted.

The heat produced was quite sufficient for this narrow room, and the
soft light afforded by the seal-oil, lit up the hut with a mild yellow
radiance, far more cheerful than the red glare of the wood-fire, and the
old stove suspended above the flame carried off the smoke, and refracted
the heat more perfectly into the lower part of the hut.

The day's hunt had afforded all the blubber which they could burn in a
month; and their stock of meat, "cached" in another hillock of their
berg, was nearly sufficient food for the same period. But long before
that time should elapse the young leader knew that relief must come, or
that in some grand convulsion of the warring elements, amid the crash of
colliding ice-fields and the sweep of resistless surges, the unequal
conflict between human weakness and the tireless forces of nature must
end, and to him and his comrades "life's fitful dream" would be over.

Therefore, as he made the seventh brief entry in his pocket diary, he
watched jealously the faces of his companions, lest they should read in
his face the reflection of his misgivings, as he traced these lines,--

"A week has elapsed since we left St. Pierre's; and as yet we have been
safe in the centre of the pack. It is scarcely possible that another
week will be as favorable to us as this has been, and no risk must
prevent us from reaching the first sail in sight."




CHAPTER XVII.

ENLARGING THE BOAT.--WINGED SCAVENGERS.--NOTICE TO QUIT.


Orloff's final observation, at about ten o'clock on the night of the
19th, judging by the position of the North Star, gave the wind as about
west-south-west, blowing pretty sharply, and closing the scattered pack
well together. The following morning the wind still remained in the same
quarter, and it was generally agreed that they must be somewhere in
latitude 48 deg.+ and longitude 63 deg.+, or say about forty miles north-west of
Amherst Island, the largest of the Magdalen group.

After a breakfast of stewed phalaropes, whose tender, plover-like flesh
was a pleasing change from the hitherto almost unvaried roast sea-fowl
diet of the last week, the boat was drawn out upon the level platform
near the hut, and removing her side and covering boards, the party held
a survey of their only resource in case of a breaking up of the ice.
After being measured by Peter, who claimed that the upper joint of his
thumb was just an inch in length, the following measurements were found
to be nearly correct: Length over all, sixteen feet; extreme breadth of
beam, four feet; length of well, eight feet; breadth of well, three
feet; depth of boat, fifteen inches.

About eight feet, it will be seen, was decked, and a space of only eight
feet by three was all that was available for the reception of four men
and the working of the boat. It was decided to remove three feet of the
rear half-deck, increasing the open space to eleven feet. This was
easily done, leaving the strong cross-timbers untouched, and also six
inches of weather-board on each side.

The after part of the combing of the old well was removed and set up
farther aft, and that of the sides was continued until the whole of the
open section of the boat was thus protected from the wash of the sea.
The smaller seals had been skinned, as a stocking is turned off of the
foot, leaving but one aperture, that of the diameter of the neck. It was
a work of some trouble, but was at last accomplished, and these skins,
after being deprived of their inner coating of blubber, were easily
formed into air-tight bags, and provided with narrow tube-like nozzles
by carefully removing the bones from one of the flippers. These were
duly inflated with air, and securely lashed on the inner side of the
boat under the weather-boarding. Six of these were thus placed, two on
each side, forward and aft, and two cross-ways under the thwarts, thus
forming a very fair life-boat.

In addition to these the bows and stern were raised about six inches by
strips of the sides of the broken float nailed to the gunwale, and
strengthened by cross-pieces of planking from the bottom. These were
given considerable shear, so as to be lifted by a sea, instead of
cutting into it. Besides these, rue-raddies, or shoulder-belts of hide,
with a strap attached to the sides of the boat, were adapted to the
height of each man, and each of the party was assigned a position in the
craft, from which there was to be no deviation.

Thus La Salle steered while Waring sat next on the port side. Peter,
with his single strong arm, took the other starboard berth, and Regnar
was bow oar, or, rather, paddle, while Carlo's place was under the
half-deck forward.

The three seal-skins first procured were already about half tanned, and
were formed into tarpaulins, being split in two lengthwise, sewed
together at the ends, and again sewed to the edges of the combings with
seal-sinews, forming a cover for the guns, and also by means of a
gathering cord of fishing-line looped through their edges, capable of
being drawn up and fastened at about the height of the waist of a man
when kneeling, thus forming an additional protection against a breaking
sea.

The oars, with one exception, were cut down into paddles by Peter, for
the paddle, in ice navigation, is incomparably superior to the oar,
which requires open water for effectual use. One oar, however, was left
of its original length for a support to the McIntosh, which, being about
eight feet square, and furnished with brass eyelets, was easily fitted
as a sail; and owing to its black hue, was especially suitable for a
signal of distress among the ice-islands of the Gulf.

It was nearly six o'clock when these repairs were completed, and the
party sat down to dinner, for, except a lunch of cold roast duck, they
had eaten nothing since morning. The salt water, concentrated by
freezing in the Russian manner, and left to boil down the night before,
had produced about two pounds of good salt; and Peter, taking his knife,
soon made a neat tub, like a miniature butter firkin, in which to
preserve it.

After dinner it was proposed that a short walk over the intervening ice
to the sealing-grounds should be undertaken, and headed by Peter, with
an axe to try any suspicious ice, the adventurers reached the floe in
about fifteen minutes' walk. Climbing the higher shore of the berg, they
advanced noiselessly, and without being observed by the seals, gazed
down upon the scene of yesterday's battle. None of the seals seemed to
have deserted the floe, but the ice was crowded with the young "calves"
and the adult parents. Everywhere the mothers might be seen suckling
their helpless young, while the males lazily basked in the rays of the
setting sun, or occasionally indulged in a battle with some rival, which
was not always a bloodless encounter.

Among the living lay the mangled corpses of yesterday's hunt, and over
each fought and feasted a host of gannets, sea-gulls, and cormorants.
The bodies were hidden from view by the birds, which tore with beak and
weak palmated talons, at the greasy, bloody carcasses, and above these
wheeled and fluttered a cloud of competitors for a share of the spoils.
Occasionally a bird bolder than the rest would swoop at an unprotected
baby-seal, whose mother was absent, or had possibly perished the day
before; but at once the older amphibia would roar in hideous concert,
and charge the birds, who seemed to understand that they must give up
the living prey, and confine themselves to their legitimate duties, as
scavengers of this grand camping-ground of the genus _Phocae_.

Returning rather hastily, the party reached their quarters just at dusk,
and lighting their lamp, made some weak, but very hot, coffee, the
greatest treat which their limited variety of comestibles afforded.
Peter busied himself with cleaning and inflating a number of the larger
entrails and membranous viscera of the hooded seal. These were for
life-preservers, and vessels for the preservation of water and oil in
their anticipated boat-voyage. Regnar cut out no less than three pairs
of moccason-boots, choosing the thickest skins, and then prepared them
with the brain-paste for curing in the mild warmth of the air around the
chimney. Waring cleansed the cooking utensils, and made up some bundles
of fir-twigs to cover the bottom of the boat, and La Salle wrote up his
diary, sharpened an axe, fitted a strip of pine board for a sprit to the
blanket sail, and as bedtime drew near, went out to take a last look at
the weather.

It was quite cold, and the wind, although light, was from the
north-west, as near as could be judged without a compass. As Peter had
noted a change of wind about midday, the pack had probably again changed
its course of drift from east to south-east, or, perhaps, a point
farther south, as the general course of the current in that part of the
Gulf ran from south-south-east to south.

Returning to his companions, he communicated these details, closing by
saying,--

"As I think, we are now about due west of the Magdalen group; and if
this wind holds, we shall probably pass Amherst Island during the next
twenty-four hours. If in sight, we must try to push through the ice to
land, for the whole shore is inhabited. As many sealers should now be in
this part of the Gulf, we should always be upon the watch for them."

"I think," said Waring, "that we ought to keep one man as a lookout on
the highest ice in the vicinity."

"Pity the great iceberg so far off," added Regnar.

"Sposum wind hold north-west, and ice keep packed, why not go down
to-morrow and look alound?" asked Peter, quietly.

"If these westerly winds hold, there will be no danger in so doing, if,
as I guess, the pack extends from here to the shore of the Magdalens. If
so, we are not likely to find any sealers to the eastward, unless they
have got jammed in the pack; and probably that steamer we saw the other
day has passed to the south, and will make to westward before another
southerly gale comes to open the ice."

"You right, master," said Regnar. "We go to-morrow to berg; see great
ways from there, if we can get up. 'Nother thing we ought to do--move
off this floe before next gale, else get house broken, and lose many
things."

"Pooh!" said Waring, carelessly; "this berg would last a month yet."

"I risk this _h_ice, more'n twenty, tirty feet tick. Sea no break this
up."

Orloff's eyes flashed, and he seemed about to make some angry reply, but
with a visible effort to restrain himself, signed to La Salle to follow
him, and went out of the hut. La Salle found him on the summit of the
lookout, gazing out over the star-lit sea.

"I was angry, and came near forgetting the part I play," said he,
bitterly, in French; "but they know nothing of ice-lore, and I should
not be angry at them for believing that this heavy bit of ice, although
not as large as those around us, is equally as safe."

"And why is it not?" asked La Salle.

"Because," answered the lad, "this floe is of snow-ice, probably pierced
by dozens of hidden cavities. I fancied the other night that I heard a
ripple of water beneath me, as I have heard it in winter when seeking
the hidden streams beneath the glaciers, but I did not hear it again,
and may have been mistaken."

"Well, we are safe, I suppose, as long as we lie deep in the pack."

Regnar smiled pityingly.

"Do you see the kind of ice which surrounds us now--those heavy floes,
hard, flinty, and widespread, and that berg, gigantic, and almost as
hard as glass? Well, if we have a heavy blow from the north-west, we
shall be jammed between the ice now resting on the Magdalens and those
Greenland monsters yonder, and if there is a weak spot in our berg--"

"Well, what then, Regnie?"

"We shall be ground to powder, or, at least, our berg will; and in such
a break-up, we shall have little chance to save anything except our
lives."

"What, then, ought we to do?"

"We must be ready to move as soon as we crush in through this thin ice,"
said Regnar, pointing to the new ice and broken fragments over which
they had crossed at dark. "Let us put our guns and food in the boat, and
have her already for use; by morning we shall have a heavy nip, or a
shift of wind, and in either case we ought to change our quarters."

As they turned to descend the hummock, a crack was heard, and a large
part of the berg fell with a terrible crash. Peter and Waring rushed
from the hut with cries of terror, and Carlo, whining with fear, bounded
up the slope, as if to seek protection from his master. Regnar was the
first to recover his coolness.

"Let us see what damage is done now," said he; and descending, he seized
an oar and a rope, and went to the verge of the chasm. La Salle rushed
into the hut, lighted his lantern, and joined Regnar, who was fastening
the rope around his waist. "I don't think there is much danger, but if I
get in, haul me out," said he, giving the coil into La Salle's keeping;
and seizing the lantern, he leaped down upon the severed portion.

Fearlessly moving along the face of the berg, he surveyed it as
thoroughly as possible by the light of his lantern, and at last,
approaching the lowest part of the wall, called to them to pull sharply
on the rope, and with its help ascended the berg.

"You are all right just now," said he, "but when a strain does come upon
us, the cleavage will be right through our hut. We had better get our
tools into the boat, and keep watch during the night, for, with the
first nip, or heavy sea, we shall no longer have a house to cover us."

It may well be believed but few of the party slept much that night, and
that the first dawn was hailed as a welcome visitant. Regnar alone, who
had been the first to give the alarm, was the only one who could sleep
soundly through the hours not occupied on the watch, and he alone awoke
refreshed and vigorous when the welcome sunrise flooded the east with
rosy beams, and cast a magical flood of reflected light over every berg
and pinnacle.

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XVIII.

A CHANGE OF BASE.--BUILDING A SNOW-HUT.--THE VIEW FROM THE BERG.--A
STRANGE MEETING.


Breakfast over, all decided to remove at once to the higher ice of the
vast floe occupied by the seals. There were a number of reasons why this
place was chosen, but the principal ones were, that it would be likely
to be sought by sealers, would supply them for a long time with food and
fire, and would stand almost any pressure and a heavy sea, without
"breaking up."

The boat was accordingly loaded with the weapons, tools, and bedding,
and run over the intervening ice with very little difficulty, although
it took a good half hour to ascend the ice-slopes, which were steep and
slippery. Returning, the party took each a seal-skin, with the hair side
down, and loading them with the remaining decoys, fragments of wood, the
Esquimaux lamp and its chimney, and a part of the fir boughs, returned
again to their new location.

Some convulsion of the ice, had strewed the shores of this field with
piles of young field-ice about a foot thick, and with this material
Regnar at once commenced operations. While Peter rapidly split off cakes
about a foot wide and two or three long, La Salle and Waring slid them
along the ice to Orloff, who, furnished with the other axe and a pail of
water, rapidly built them into walls a foot thick and eight feet square.
A dash of water soon froze the blocks together, and as the material was
near at hand, in the course of the forenoon walls five feet in height,
with a single narrow entrance, had been raised. At this height the
blocks were ordered to be made two feet square, and of but half the
thickness.

These were laid flatways, with their edges not quite plumb with the
outside edge of the wall, and being frozen into place, left an uncovered
space about five feet six inches square. Returning to the old berg, the
party took down the shooting-box from the top of the cave, and filling
it with the remaining boughs, and a part of the seal-skins, blubber,
&c., regained the floe, and unloading the box, placed it as a roof on
the new dwelling. A single layer of "ice-bricks," as Waring termed them,
was placed around its edge, and being thoroughly wetted, formed a strong
and weather-proof joining; and shoveling the _debris_ from the interior,
the lamp was set up and lighted, the twigs spread thickly over the icy
floor, and bringing in their few household goods, the party, tired and
hungry, sat down to a lunch of hard bread and weak coffee.

A final trip of all hands brought over the remainder of their birds,
blubber, and skins, much being drawn back on the bottom of the float,
which, although lessened in width nearly a foot, still retained both its
runners, and made quite a decent sledge.

The wind still blew from the north-west, and the pack began to show
evidences of the pressure of the large body of ice to windward; but La
Salle and Orloff, although much fatigued, still thought it best to try
to get a survey of the scene from the great berg a little over a mile
away. Keeping on the leeward side of the floes, they reached its base
without difficulty, and without delay sought a place to ascend.
Fortunately a large stream of fresh water from above, had worn a deep
gulch in the huge wall, and up this our adventurers managed to climb,
although more than once each had to use his axe to cut steps in the
glassy ice.

Once on the top of the berg, however, they felt repaid for the
additional fatigue of their journey and ascent. Below them to the east,
the floes were like those they had traversed, covered with seals, and
about twenty miles away the highlands of Amherst Island showed plainly
in the crimson light of the declining sun.

[Illustration: ON THE TOP OF THE BERG THEY FELT REPAID FOR THE FATIGUE
OF THEIR JOURNEY AND ASCENT. Page 256.]

To the north and west all was ice, and in neither direction could either
see any signs of the presence of man. To the southward the pack seemed
more open, and as they watched, they saw the leads grow wider, and the
pools becoming more frequent.

"We are passing the islands fast," said Regnar, "and by to-morrow will
be well to the south-east of Deadman's Island. Let us descend, for it
grows colder every moment."

Turning, they sought the gulch, only pausing a moment to view the pond
which fed the streams, which poured continuously from the sides of this
great ice-island. It occupied a large depression in the centre of the
berg, and was estimated by Regnar to occupy an area of at least six
acres.

As they turned to go, Regnar's eye caught sight of a floe at the foot of
the berg.

"Are not those dead seals yonder?" said he. "It seems to me that I see
piles of dead bodies, and skins hung on the pinnacles, and then--yes,
there is a flag on a pole."

Hastily descending, the two friends ran at full speed to the floe. It
proved to be as Regnar had said. There were hundreds of slaughtered
seals, and it was evident that, as far as the eye could reach, the work
of death had been complete.

Still something had occurred to prevent the hunters from securing their
rich booty, for huge piles of skins, with their adhering blubber, were
scattered over the ice, and near one was planted firmly in the floe a
boat-hook, with a small flag at the top. Regnar drew it from the ice,
and looked searchingly at flag and shaft; the pennon was of crimson,
without lettering or private signal, but on the pole was scorched in
deep, black characters, the legend "Str. Mercedes."

"Here has been a good day's work, probably by that steamer whose smoke
we saw the other day," said La Salle; "doubtless she was afraid of being
nipped by this ice in the last southerly gale, and made off in time to
avoid it. If so, she will be back again after her cargo, when the ice
gets south of the islands."

"Is that a seal, Charley?"

The words were simple, but the tone was so unlike the usual voice of the
speaker, so tinged with awe and doubt, that La Salle felt a chill
traverse his frame as he turned to see what had provoked the question.

Regnar stood on the brink of the only pool of open water in sight,
gazing earnestly at a floating object in the centre, which appeared at
first sight like a dead seal, but a second glance at the shape and size
of the body revealed the corpse of a man clad in a seal-skin coat, and
floating on its face.

"It is some poor fellow who has been drowned in passing from one cake to
another," said La Salle, gravely. "Let us examine the body; perhaps
there are papers or valuables on it, which will identify it, or be of
value to its friends. At all events, we can give it a more Christian
sepulture to-morrow."

Regnar gave no answer, but stood motionless as if turned into stone.

"Come, Regnar! wake up, man! Surely you are not afraid of a poor
lifeless body. Bear a hand with that boat-hook, or, if you don't care to
touch it, hand it to me."

[Illustration:]

Starting as if from a trance, Regnar extended the long boat-hook and
gently drew the body to the shore, where La Salle, making a loop of the
rope they carried, dropped it over the head and shoulders, and drawing
it tightly under the arm-pits, gave one end to Regnar.

"His pockets are turned inside out," said La Salle.

"The man has been murdered," almost whispered the lad. "See what a
terrible wound there is in the skull."

"Let us land him, any way, Regnar. We will get him upon the ice, and
to-morrow we can come down here and look into the matter. Gently, now;
that's right. Great Heavens! Regnie, lad, are you mad?"

As the body was landed, turning slowly over on its back, exposing a face
handsome even in death, Regnar started, glanced curiously at the
features, and dropping the line, raised the boat-hook, and with every
muscle and feature alive with rage and fury, seemed about to transfix
the senseless body of the dead. Then a change came over him; he lowered
his arm, dropped the useless weapon, and burst into tears.

"Come, Regnie, you are worn out, and it is growing late; let us hasten
back to our new hut. To-morrow we can return and look after this poor
stranger."

"Stranger! He is no stranger to me. For two years I have sought him in
both hemispheres, urged on by the love of my only relative whom he
betrayed, and hatred of him which could end but with his life or mine.
My fondest hope was to find him, my dearest wish to lay him dead at my
feet; and thus we meet at last."

"This, then, is the man you have sought, and for this you have hidden
your true character from all men. Is this the gift by which you were to
gain, and I to lose?" said La Salle.

"Ask me no more to-night," said the boy, whose powers of self-control,
were only less marvellous than the innate force of his intense nature.
"We have none too much light for our homeward way, and to-morrow's sun
may help us to learn more of the cause of his death, and our own duty in
the premises. We will say nothing to our friends of this dreadful
matter, and at early dawn we will set off alone to return here;" and
taking the boat-hook and his weapons, Orloff set off with his usual firm
step and tireless energy.

It was nearly dusk when they reached the floe, and saw at some hundreds
of feet distant the moving lantern that told that Peter and Waring were
anxious about the safety of their friends. La Salle hardly dared trust
his voice, but Orloff uttered his well-known halloo; and of the four who
were gathered in that dwelling of ice, the most cheerful and kindly, was
he whose dead enemy lay gazing with stony eyeballs at the wintry skies,
amid a golgotha of animal butchery, with the dark impress of a
rifle-bullet in the centre of his forehead.

That night the cold north-wester died away, and a gentle breeze began to
blow from the south. The tired Indian and the delicately-nurtured
merchant's son slept side by side on their leaf-strewn floor, and even
La Salle, excited and surprised as he had been, at last fell into a
broken slumber. But when all were asleep, and no human eye could pry
into his secret sorrows, Regnar seated himself by the flaring lamp, and
drawing from his breast a locket, took from it a small folded paper, and
a closely-curled ringlet of yellow hair, such as St. Olave, the warrior
saint of Norway, laid in the lap of the fair Geyra, princess of
Vendland.

With many a kiss, passionate and sorrowful, he greeted the hidden
love-treasures, and many a falling tear dimmed the bold eyes, and wet
the ruddy cheeks of the youthful watcher, as late into the night he sat
gazing into the flaring flame of that element, in which many a sorrowful
heart, in its agony, seems to find a parallel of the torture it endures,
and to find a saddened pleasure in the contemplation. But at last the
watcher turned to his rude couch, and only the radiance of the lamp,
diffused through the opaline walls of the hut, gave evidence of the
presence of human beings in that desolate, wave-borne, wind-driven,
desert of ice.




CHAPTER XIX.

THE RING.--THE BURIAL.--A MAUSOLEUM OF ICE.


In the early dawn La Salle started from sleep, as he felt a chill touch
upon his forehead, and saw Regnar standing above him, booted and
equipped for travel. In one hand he held a cup of hot coffee, and in the
other the breast of a roast goose, which he offered to La Salle in
silence. Fearful of awaking their companions, nothing was said by
either, until, armed and equipped, they issued from the hut, and
hastened towards the scene of last night's strange adventure.

It was the nineteenth of the month, and the ninth day of their
involuntary voyage, and La Salle, as usual, gave a sweeping glance at
ice and sky, to determine as nearly as possible the direction of their
drift, and the probable state of the weather for the next twelve hours.

"We shall know all that at sunrise," said Regnar; and avoiding the
haunts of the seals, they hurried through the gray light along the
devious windings of the ice-foot, until they reached the murdered
sealer. The body lay as it had been landed on the edge of a pool, and
was that of a singularly handsome man, about forty-five years of age. No
beard, save a well-kept mustache, covered the sharply-moulded features;
and even the death-wound--the work of a small-sized bullet--had left but
a tiny livid discoloration on the marble forehead.

Turning the body over,--a work of some time and difficulty, for the wet
clothes had frozen,--an expression of surprise escaped the lips of
Regnar, for the rear of the skull, from which the missile had issued,
was almost blown into pieces.

"How could a bullet have done this?" asked the youth, gravely.

"There is but one kind of missile which produces such a terrible
wound--the percussion rifle-shell, perfected years ago by an army
officer in India, and since then introduced into every part of the
globe. Into the point of a cylindro-conical slug is inserted a thin
copper cartridge, loaded with powder, and primed with fulminate of
mercury. This bullet enters the flesh, but explodes when it strikes a
bone, and a huge mass of bone and muscle is usually driven out in front
of the issuing projectile. Such a bullet has destroyed this man."

A curious ring on the little finger of the right hand attracted the
notice of Regnar, who with a glad cry seized the stiffened hand and
tried to remove it, but the swollen flesh baffled his efforts.

"I must have that ring, La Salle," said he, ceasing his futile efforts.
"I cannot leave that with his body." And taking up his axe, he severed
the finger at the joint, and removed the circlet.

La Salle started back in horror at what he could but consider a
senseless and unwarranted profanation; but Orloff, drawing his knife,
made a close search of the clothing worn by the deceased, ripping open
every seam and fold which seemed capable of concealing the slightest
scrap of paper, while his companion, lost in astonishment and disgust,
scorned to question, and awaited an explanation of his conduct.

Beyond the ring, however, little was found, for the larger pockets of
the deceased were turned inside out, the vest had been opened, and a
sharp knife had evidently cut through the heavy under-garments of
knitted woolens. No mark of the knife was to be seen on the exposed
flesh; and Regnar, breaking the oppressive silence, said,--

"Why was this done, La Salle?"

"Perhaps he had a money-belt around his waist. Many people carry their
money and valuables thus," said La Salle, coldly.

Regnar continued the search, finding in a narrow pocket, like that used
by carpenters for their rules, but opening on the inside of the right
pantaloon pocket, a long, slender dagger, with double cutting edges.
The handle was curiously carved, of walrus ivory, and represented an
ancient Danish warrior, in his mail-shirt, and armed with battle-axe and
sword. The sheath, slender and flexible, was evidently of more modern
make, formed of rough shark-skin, with richly chased mountings of
silver.

"That is all," said Regnar. "Let us find him a grave."

"We must hide the body surely," said La Salle, "for if the vessel
returns to get her load, and it is found, we may be charged with
mutilating the body, and perhaps with murder. Let us consign it to the
sea."

"We have nothing with which to sink it, and the waters have already
given up their trust. There, if I mistake not, we shall find a tomb
worthy of a better man than this."

A ledge of the iceberg, some forty feet above the wave-worn base, had
received a tiny branch of the fresh-water stream, at some time long
previous, and its course could still be traced by the immense icicle
formation, which, in fantastical imagery of a lofty cascade, seemed
still to fall from base to summit. Between the ledge and the water were
formed huge irregular pillars and buttresses of opaline ice whose
semi-transparency seemed to indicate the presence of a cave beneath.

Axe in hand, Regnar led the way to the base of the berg, and carefully
examined every nook and cranny, evidently seeking a concealed opening.
A narrow aperture was at last found, some twenty feet above the
ice-pool; and at the call of his companion, La Salle ascended with the
coil of rope, one end of which he fastened firmly to a projection of the
berg.

"Come down here; there is no danger," said the lad; and descending, La
Salle found himself in a cave of large size and almost fairy-like
beauty.

Over their heads the ledge projected some twenty feet above a floor,
levelled by the earlier flow of the cascade, which, by some sudden
removal of obstructing ice or snow, had been projected beyond the little
pool, whose surface had frozen into a level floor of crystal. Over this,
as upon the roof and back of the cave, had gathered groups of those
beautiful congelations to be found only on newly-formed ice, and in
seasons of intense cold. Among them were to be noticed many minute
patterns of the most delicate star-crystals, and the surface of the
floor was nearly covered with congelations of the purest white,
resembling in shape, size, and beauty the leaf of the moss-rose. A
fantastic conglomeration of irregular, round, and convoluted pillars,
running into each other in indescribable ramifications, formed the outer
wall, whose semi-translucent crystal, like opal glass, allowed the rays
of the rising sun to shower a mild and silvery radiance upon the hidden
wonders of the spacious grotto.

"Here he will sleep, after a life of crime and treachery, in a tomb
such as few monarchs can boast of, until in some terrible gale, amid
tremendous and overwhelming seas, this vast fabric shall strew the ocean
with its ruins, and give his icy form to the monsters of the summer
seas."

"Let us then to our task, Regnar," said La Salle, "for our friends may
follow on our track, and I fear we shall have need of the closest
secrecy concerning the fate of this unhappy man, at least until we are
safely landed on civilized shores."

Carefully descending the slippery way which led up to the aperture, they
descended to the level ice, and seeking the floe, enveloped the body in
one of the many seal-skins surrounding them, swathing it closely, and
binding the hairy covering with strong lashings of raw hide, leaving
loops at each extremity. Gently drawing it to the ice below the
aperture, they ran the cord through the loops, knotting each firmly, so
that nearly half the rope projected from each end.

Taking one end, and setting the shrouded form upright against the smooth
slope, the companions ascended to the aperture, and with some difficulty
managed to haul up their unwonted burden.

"We can find no footing here," said Regnar, who no longer affected his
partial ignorance of English. "You, I think, had better descend again,
and take a turn of your end around that pinnacle. I will go down into
the grotto and guide its descent."

[Illustration: KNEELING BESIDE IT, THE LAD BOWED HIS HEAD AS IF IN
SILENT PRAYER. Page 269.]

By this means the closely-swathed body was gently lowered into its
last resting-place, and gathering up the axes and his rifle, La Salle
followed to assist in in the final rites of sepulture. Regnar pointed to
the centre of the floor.

"That will furnish a pedestal which would befit the sarcophagus of a
king."

Among the irregular mounds formed by the dripping of water from the roof
above, was an ice stalagmite, about five feet high, and seven feet in
length, broad at the base, but rapidly narrowing to a sharp point.
Attacking this with his axe, Regnar soon split off the point, and
commenced hewing the stalagmite down to a uniform height of about two
feet. La Salle assisted, and in the course of twenty minutes they had
formed a snowy pedestal, whose irregular outline bore no small
resemblance to that of the burden it was to sustain. Regnar cleared away
the ice-chips, hurling the larger shards to an obscure corner, and
carrying the smaller ones in his reversed fur cap.

At last the work was completed to his satisfaction; and motioning to La
Salle, he cast off the lashings, and raising the body, they placed it on
the pedestal of ice. Drawing the long, slender dagger from its sheath,
Regnar pierced several holes through the corners of the pedestal, and
with the tough cords of raw hide lashed the body firmly to its spotless
support; then kneeling beside it, the lad bowed his head as if in silent
prayer. La Salle followed his example.

For a moment or two he heard nothing but the ripple and plash of the
ice-brook descending the side of the berg fifty yards away; but with the
burial of his enemy, the lad's self-control had deserted him, and he
burst into a passionate outbreak of sobs and tears.

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XX.

A STRANGE LIFE-HISTORY.--AMONG THE RED INDIANS.


La Salle had been, as we have said, displeased and disgusted, as well as
puzzled, by much which had occurred; but his heart melted when he
realized the sorrow and suffering, which, in spite of unusual
self-restraint, was thus laid bare before him. He threw one arm around
the boy's neck, and gently pressed his hand.

"Forgive me, Regnar, if I have been unkind. I will be your friend if you
desire it. Confide in me, and I will try to assist you, if you need aid
or counsel."

"You are kind, very kind, Charley; and perhaps I have been wrong in not
trusting more in you heretofore. There is no time, however, like the
present, and no more secret and fitting place than this burial-grot of
the cause of all my sorrow."


REGNAR'S HISTORY.

"My father was a Danish youth of good parentage, whose strange and
roving predilections sent him early in manhood to an outlying station
in the north of Greenland, where, between his books and the wild life of
that savage coast, he passed several years, until his unpleasant
relations with the Danish officials made a change desirable, and he
sought the Moravian settlements on the Labrador coast.

"He had plenty of money, and soon became well known along the coast,
which he searched thoroughly in his trading schooner, doing a brisk
business in furs, seal-oil, and skins, and at the same time making
frequent metallurgical discoveries and adventurous exploring
expeditions. It was said that no man on the coast knew so much of the
topography of Labrador, between Hamilton Inlet and the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, and a strange adventure opened to him new and startling
experiences in the northern central portion of Newfoundland, then, as
now, almost a _terra incognita_.

"Twenty years ago he made his last voyage down the coast, attended by
the man who lies yonder, an American, named Perry, a native of
Baltimore, who, it afterwards transpired, fled from that city, having
killed an opponent in a political quarrel.

"Albert Perry was well educated, bold, and politic, and he formed a
friendship with my father which ended only with life, and, as I believe,
served him but too faithfully through good and ill, until death broke
the bond between two men who were not fitted to lead the comparatively
calm, eventless life which the laws of society, and the wants of the
many prescribe to all; under penalty of social ostracism to the few who
scorn to be fettered by a multitude of social conventionalities.

"With this man as mate, and a crew of four Esquimaux, my father found
himself, in July, in one of the little harbors, on the Newfoundland
shore, of the Straits of Belle Isle. The night was dark, but calm, and
at about ten he retired, to be awakened an hour later by Perry.

"'Come on deck, captain; there's something going on up in the mountains
yonder that I cannot make out.'

"My father, already half dressed, was soon upon deck, and found the
whole crew on the after-deck, gazing eagerly at the hills, which,
covered with forest, surrounded the low land at the head of the bay.
Near the summit of the highest, a fire of large size had been kindled,
and lit up the dark sky above it, and the tops of the surrounding trees,
with a deep crimson glow, while from time to time unearthly and savage
cries were borne on the night air to the ears of the wondering voyagers.

"'Have you any idea what that means, captain?' asked the American.

"'What do you say, Krasippe?' said my father, addressing a
huge-shouldered Esquimaux, grizzled and scarred, who had followed his
fortunes from Greenland, and knew all the lore of his wandering
brethren of the Labrador coast.

"'Me tink it red Injin. Have dance; deer now come north. Marcus
Jungsten, down at Hopedale, tell me he see such ting five year ago.'

"'But the red Indians are all dead, captain,' said Perry, who had spent
a year or two on the coast, and heard many stories of the unconquerable
ferocity and final extinction of that strange race--the aborigines of
Newfoundland.

"'Such, indeed, is _said_ to be the case, but I have met several who
have seen and heard similar things, such as we hear and see to-night,
and they refer them to the presence of remnants of that savage and
solitary race. I shall soon know, however. Krasippe, will you get your
rifle, and go with me?

"'I'll go with you, Hubel,' said Perry, eagerly.

"But my father stopped, and said, gravely,--

"'There is too much of danger in this adventure for us both to risk our
lives at once. Krasippe belongs to me. I have saved his life half a
score of times, but I have no claim on you; and, besides, the vessel
must be taken back to Hopedale, and you must stay to do it;' and so
saying, he retired to his cabin.

"When he returned, he carried in his hand a light rifle and a number of
glittering wands, while a row of bright medals shone against the thick
pile of a close-fitting robe of black velvet, and upon his head a cap
of the same material, encircled by a strip of ermine, bore a single red
feather, with an agraffe of diamonds.

"'I have done wonders with this dress, amid the fire-rocks of the
Nasquapees. Krasippe, old fellow, are you ready?'

"Krasippe, grinning from ear to ear, nodded assent, and launching the
captain's boat,--a light wherry for two pairs of sculls,--they pushed
off from the vessel's side.

"'Watch that spot,' said Hubel, 'and if you see the stars of this Roman
candle, launch your boat, and come to the shore at once. Vasa there,'
pointing to a huge Danish hound, 'will find me for you, if need be.'

"An hour or two later, Perry saw the stars of green and crimson shooting
through the lurid cloud into the midnight sky. A rifle-shot echoed
through the valley and across the bay, and the fire was instantly
extinguished. Perry, who had prepared everything for such an emergency,
pushed off in his boat at once, taking his three men, all well armed,
and Vasa, the great hound. Pulling at full speed, they struck in for the
shore, and at last found the captain's boat hauled upon the beach.
Taking the leash of the hound in his left hand, Perry sprang ashore,
ordered his men to secure the boat, and lighting a dark lantern secured
to his belt, he gave the word to Vasa, who set off, with an eager whine,
at such a pace that it was hard to keep up with him.

"In about half an hour they emerged into a large glade, and the hound
stopped with a low howl over a prostrate body. It was that of Krasippe.
He was lying on his face, with a deep gash on the shoulder, and a bruise
on the top of the skull, but still breathed, although insensible. Perry,
who doubted not that Hubel would be found near the body of his faithful
follower, let slip the chain from Vasa's collar, and he at once darted
off into the darkness, while Perry, drawing the slide of his bull's-eye,
and pistol in hand, carefully examined the glade.

"He found the remains of a large fire, some ten feet in circumference,
still steaming with the water used to quench it, a few fragments of
venison, as well as a hatchet-head of white quartz, broken from its
helve, not far from where Krasippe had received his wound; but they
looked in vain for their captain.

"Morning had just dawned when Vasa reappeared, and wagging his tail,
came up to Perry. Around his neck was looped a piece of birch bark, on
opening which Perry found the following note:--

    "'AMONG THE INDIANS--MIDNIGHT.

    "'I take my pencil to send you what may be my final directions, for
    as yet I am doubtful as to what may be my fate. Poor Vasa was about
    to be killed, as they dare keep no dogs; but I take advantage of his
    old tricks to send him to you. Take the vessel to Hopedale, and use
    her as if you were managing her for me, and next year at this time
    await me here. I have such an opportunity as no other man has had to
    learn the truth about these savages, and I risk my life willingly on
    the chance.

    (Signed)     "'PAUL HUBEL.'"

"Perry seized Vasa's collar and knotted the leash, then, turning to his
men, ordered them to take up Krasippe and carry him down to the shore,
where, launching the boat, they returned to the vessel. The next day
they made sail, but it was several days before Krasippe recovered
sufficiently to detail his portion of the adventure, which ran somewhat
as follows:--

"'Me land with capten. We go up hill trough de hood. We see ten, twelve,
Injin almos' naked, eatin', drinkin', dancin', an' yell like debbil.
Capten say, "Stay here, Krasippe; I get hind bush." Capten creep trough
bush, light cannle, an' bust out trough circle to middle of fire. I see
fifty Injin fright dat way. Dose Injin not frighten much. I see one man
jump on capten, trow him down, raise hatchet to kill him. Then one girl
catch at his arm, an' I fire my rifle. Then I see no more until I wake
up.'"

"'Well, Krasippe, the captain is alive, and we are to meet him here in a
year from now. In the mean time we'll try to navigate the Thyri, and
make as much money for the skipper as we can;' and well he kept his
word."

"A year later the Thyri crept again into the rock-bound haven, and for a
week Perry and his crew watched by night and day for his friend. At
last, one evening they saw a fire on the shore opposite the vessel, and
rowing ashore, a strange figure rushed to meet Perry, saying, 'I am here
at last.'"

"It was Hubel, but he was clad in tanned deerskins, ornamented with the
dyed quills of the porcupine, and his face and naked breast were painted
with a mixture of deer-suet and ocher, while from his hair, long,
unshorn, and gathered into a knot, waved a plume of the war-eagle. His
story I give in a few words."

"'I advanced cautiously, intending to surprise and awe the Indians, as I
have before done with the heathen savages, who still hunt beyond the
head waters of the Mistassini, in the Labrador peninsula. As Krasippe
told you, I failed; but the strange garb that I wore, and the
interposition of a woman, saved my life for the time being, and the
wonders of my magic wands added to the first impression, and gave me an
importance I could have acquired in no other way. The riches and weapons
of the whites have no charms for them, and the memory of their massacred
and hunted relatives will never die until the last of the race sleep
amid the islands of the great lakes of the interior; but when they saw
me shake coals of fire at will from a wand filled with pyrophoric lead,
they felt at once that I must be of another race than their
persecutors.'"

"'So they took me with them to the south, along the trail of the
migrating reindeer; they gave me the best of their simple food and
raiment, and the girl who saved my life came to my lodge, and served me
with a love that I can never forget. She died in childbirth two months
ago, and when I left the tribe to return to my own people, her father
wanted to keep the infant, and at last I consented that he should remain
with him a year longer. "Give me a token," said I, "and when, a year
from now, you follow the deer northward, seek the bay, and if a vessel
lies there at anchor, look each day in the glade for the signet of our
bond. When you find it, leave the babe beside it, and I will take him
across the ocean, and teach him to be wise and brave; then he shall come
back to his tribe, and help them to become again a happy and powerful
people.'"

"The Thyri went northward, and Hubel was received as one who returns
from the dead; but none save his mate knew the whole story of his
wanderings."

"'I have sworn to tell no one,' he said, in reply to all questionings,
'and should I break my oath, it would, in all human probability, cost
the lives of the few remaining warriors of that unfortunate race. The
people of Newfoundland can never blot out the memory of their past
cruelties, and any party who strives to penetrate to their wilderness
fastnesses, must either kill or be killed.'"

"Before the next year elapsed, Hubel was summoned back to Denmark,
having succeeded to his father's property; but before leaving Hopedale,
he had a final interview with his chief officer."

"'I give you, Perry, the Thyri and all her outfit, as well as the goods
I have here, on one condition. You must keep the tryst I cannot keep,
and bring the child you know of to the settlement at Hopedale. I have
spoken to brother Hans, who will see after him until I send or come for
him.'"

"'I will do your bidding, Paul; but I shall not stay upon this coast
after that job is over. There will be nothing to keep me in this
desolate land after you leave it;' and tears glistened in the eyes of
that cool, cynical, worldly-minded adventurer, for he really loved my
father."

"'When your work is done here, Albert, come to me in Denmark. There is
enough for us both, and we have been so long together, that we shall
never be happy apart. Will you come?'"

"Perry said nothing, but pressing the hand of his friend with painful
energy, he rushed up the beach, and seeking the hill behind the little
settlement, watched the ship as she sailed out of the firth and
disappeared in the gathering twilight. The next summer he sought the
appointed spot, and left this talisman tied to the top of a bush, which
stood alone almost in the centre of the glade."

La Salle curiously examined the ring, whose gold circlet of European
manufacture held securely an oval bit of jasper, on whose polished
surface was cut the rude outline of a beaver wounded with an arrow.

"The next day he went again: the stone had disappeared; but two arrows,
headed with flint, lay beside the bush, one pointed to the interior, the
other to the shore. 'I suppose that means "I go, I return," said he; and
I shall find the child here to-morrow night.'"

"He was right in his conjectures, for on going to the spot the next
night, he found beneath the bush a little boy clad in a strange
_melange_ of Indian finery, and the bizarre attire worn by Paul Hubel
when he set out on his strange adventure. That child was myself."

La Salle had listened to the strange story with amazement, which
increased as it progressed.

"You tell me, Regnie, though, only of good deeds and faithful services
rendered by the dead. You say that he loved your father, and served him
faithfully as long as he lived."

Regnar took up the word in bitter wrath, strangely mingled with regret.

"As long as he _lived_--yes! But listen only until the end, and you
shall judge for yourself of my justice to the memory of the dead.

"On the breast of the babe lay the talisman, and a facsimile, pierced
and suspended by a cord round the child's neck, lay beneath its
clothing. See, I wear it still, and shall wear it until I meet again
with my mother's people.

"I must hasten to end my story. I was taken to Hopedale, where I
remained ten years, at the end of which time Perry was sent from Europe
to take me to my father, who had taken to his home a daughter born of an
earlier marriage, whose mother, unable to understand the caprices of my
father, had returned, almost broken-hearted, to her father's house, and
died during his voluntary exile in Greenland.

"I spent four years in Europe, studying most of the time at Bonn; and
then my father sent for me, and I lived another year on his estate,
learning all that I could of the various handicrafts and avocations,
especially the best modes of agriculture. At the end of the fifth year,
he called me into the library, and spoke to me as follows:--

"'You are now sixteen years of age, and you know that I have given you
opportunities such as are seldom lavished on young men of your age. I
would like to keep you with me longer, but I have told you of your
mother, and the sufferings of her people. It is my wish that you should
visit them within two years, and I have imparted to you much knowledge
of their mode of life and government. Spend one year at Hopedale, and
learn the lore of the fisherman and the craft of the hunter; and when I
shall send you this ancient weapon, you will find within its hilt all
that I dare not commit to paper, or the lips of my messenger.'

"The week after, I sailed for Hopedale; but before the year of my stay
had elapsed, I learned from a friend's letter of the sudden death of my
father. 'I suppose that your father's friend and your sister have joined
you in America, and that you will be consoled somewhat for your loss by
their affection, and your changed fortunes.'

"Thus ran the letter; but it was not until the arrival of the fall ship
that I learned that my father was indeed no longer living, and that
fully six months had elapsed since my sister, accompanied by the man who
lies yonder, had set out to join her half brother, whom she had never
seen, and to share with him the personal fortune of their common father;
for the hereditary acres could not, by the laws of Denmark, fall to my
lot, but went to the next nearest male relative.

"Since that time I have sought everywhere for tidings of my sister's
fate, or news of the whereabouts of that man. I heard of him once as a
slaver, and a year ago I learned of his having been seen on this coast.
I have but one more explanation to make, and that is of the strange
statement I made to you, when we stood alone looking across the moonlit
waste of the drifting pack.

"About a month before you hired me at the trading post, I met Krasippe,
now a very old man, and claiming some power as a prophet, or 'angekok,'
among his people; for, although Christianized, they have not thrown off
many of their old superstitions. He took me in his arms and wept over
me, and growled a bitter curse on the treachery of his old associate.
Then he appeared lost in deep thought, which seemed to absorb every
sense, and his countenance became almost terrible in its fixed
expression. At last, as if by no volition of his own, he uttered, in
low, stern tones, the following rhapsody:--

"'You will meet in the desert of ice the man who will lead you to your
heart's dearest wish. He shall lose, and you will gain.'"

La Salle's face was pale, and his lips firmly set, as he listened to the
ending of this strange recital; but he took up the broken chain of
evidence, with the firm intention of finding the missing links.

"Did you read my letter because you thought that Miss Randall might
prove to be your sister?"

"Yes, Charley, I did. Her name was Pauline Hubel. She was named after
our father, Paul Hubel. My name is Regnar Orloff Hubel."

"Well, Regnie, all I can tell you now is, that the young lady's English
is not the best in the world, and that she is an orphan child. Of the
whereabouts of her adopted father she knows nothing, but in a book which
I took up there one day, I found written, 'A. P. Randall;' and Mrs.
Randall said--"

"What?" asked Regnar, hoarsely.

"That it belonged to her brother. Now, Regnie," said La Salle, kindly,
"you know all that I can tell you. Perhaps you may find in the hilt of
yonder antique weapon the clew to much more. But we have other duties to
perform; and first, how shall we seal up this cave so that no one can
possibly suspect our having entered this place. That Peter has the eyes
of a lynx, and should he follow us, would not fail to discover all."

"In an hour hence," said Regnar, "no human being can stand where we are
now, and you can walk the stanchest hound over the ledge, without his
dreaming of what lies beneath. Come up to the top of the berg."

Taking their equipments, they left the grotto, and issued through the
narrow entrance. Regnar pointed to a shelving path, like a shallow
groove in the face of the cliff.

"Can we climb there?" said he.

"I should think so," answered La Salle; and taking an axe and the end of
the rope, he began to ascend the cliff along the shelving pathway. As he
ascended, he heard behind him the blows of an axe, and, turning, saw
Regnar cut a narrow cleft from the entrance of the cove to the level of
the way to the top of the berg. "Are you mad," asked La Salle, "that you
scatter your chips about the berg like that, and into the very
pathway?"

Regnar gave a finishing stroke to his work, and came lightly up the
path.

"I shall finish my work above," said he; and in a moment more they stood
upon the summit.

The brink of the pool lay near the edge of the cliff, and without
stopping to look around him, Regnar commenced cutting a deep, narrow
gutter from the pathway to the huge reservoir. As he struck the blows
which shattered the thin wall of ice between the pool and its new
outlet, the water poured in a stream a foot deep through the little
canal, and down the slanting ledge into the cavern below.

"I understand it now," said La Salle, "and I now know why you lashed the
body to its support."

"Yes," answered the boy, coolly, "should any try to break into yonder
tomb to-morrow, they would do so at the risk of their lives; but if we
have a week of frost, the cove will be full to its outlet of solid ice."

"But, Regnar, let us think of something else. Where are the islands we
saw last evening? We ought now to be near the southern shore of the
group."

"We have been wedged off to sea by stranded ice, I should judge; for
there, about fifteen miles to the northward, lies Amherst Island."

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XXI.

NORTHWARD AGAIN.--THE STEAMER.--TAKING TO THE BOAT.


"Yes, Regnar, we are now on the outer side of the pack, and the wind has
shifted to the southward again. Look to the eastward, Regnie. Has not
the pack broken up there?"

"Yes, the tide sets to the eastward, and the wind blows the heavy ice
northward as soon as it clears the eastern shoals. See that berg going
to pieces on Doyle's Reef!"

As he spoke, the berg, a small one, worn by sun and rain into a
multitude of fantastic pinnacles, swung off from its easterly drift,
and, wafted by the wind, rapidly floated towards the concealed reef,
whose sharp and hidden rocks can only be suspected during the prevalence
of the heaviest storms. With a moderate rate of speed, not much
exceeding two knots an hour, the massive base of the ice-island suddenly
rose, as the shelving rocks received the irresistible impact. Then a few
glittering pieces dimpled the surface of the unruffled water. It was
the signal of impending dissolution. Crash upon crash, like the roar of
artillery, echoed and re-echoed among the floes, and rent from base to
pinnacle, the majestic frost-castle fell into utter ruin, torturing the
sea into foam, while the billows raised by the rocking of the huge
fragments swept up the narrow walls, sweeping right across many of the
lower floes, and even raising a slight ripple around the base of the
great berg itself.

"We must return, Regnie. The clouds are darkening fast, and fog or a
thick scud is sweeping up from the southward. Let us have one more look
for the steamers, and then we must away to our friends."

"There is a steamer on the outer edge of the pack, I think. You will see
her smoke in line with the East Point yonder."

"Yes, Regnie, that is a steamer, sure enough, and she will make her way
to the centre of the pack. Let us hasten to the floe and take to the
boats. We can perhaps reach her by rowing through the narrow leads
before the gale rises."

Hastening down the side of the watercourse they descended the berg, and
set off along its base, in the direction of the hut. As they passed they
gave a last glance at the sealer's tomb. Down the path they had
ascended, dashed an overflowing torrent, which disappeared with a whirl
and hollow gurgle into the yawning aperture, while the whole front of
the wall which they had ascended, dripped with water and glittered with
spray.

"The keenest eye among the hunters of the Mistassini could not uncover
that trail; and known to God and us alone is the bloody mystery of the
Deadman's Berg."

"Don't talk of that again, Regnie. Let the dead rest. Perhaps it may yet
transpire that he was penitent at the last, and you may have good reason
to rejoice that you knelt beside his last bed, in a tomb so wondrously
beautiful."

"We must hasten faster, Charley, for the fog _is_ coming, and we may
find the floes separated. Remember our friends know nothing of all we
have seen and heard, and to them I am still Regnar Orloff, half
educated, and a simple pilot of the Labrador."

With increased speed the pair pressed forward, crossing with difficulty
the gulf, which had opened between the berg and the first heavy floe.
Pole in hand, with one end of the rope attached to his belt, and his gun
slung at his back, Orloff led the way, while La Salle followed at the
other end, carrying an axe in his belt, and another in his hand. Luckily
many large fragments lay floating in the first lead, and prevented from
slipping by their sharp "crampets," they leaped from cake to cake, and
safely reached the second floe.

The mist clung damp to their faces as they attained the end of the
second floe, where a lead of water some twenty yards in width, and
clear of ice, intervened between them and the next. The quick eye of
Regnar caught sight of a small ice-cake floating by the windward side of
their floe, and leaping upon it, with pole and hands they shoved it
along the steep walls of ice, and with their united force gave it a
final impetus in the desired direction. The fragment whirled and bent
beneath them, until the water stood above their ankles; but just as they
began to fear a complete submersion, Orloff caught a projection of the
field with his boat-hook, and the two landed in safety.

As they hurried across the last floe, the rain fell, and the wind blew
heavily, dashing huge cakes against the windward side with a ceaseless
crashing of broken ice. Before they could reach the end of the field,
they saw their own turn as if on a pivot, and grind slowly past the
leeward point of the one across which they pressed at full speed. Their
efforts were in vain, for before they could reach the verge their refuge
was twenty feet distant; but Regnar was equal to the emergency.

"Cast loose your rope, Charley," said he; and in five seconds he had
coiled and whirled it twenty feet across the intervening chasm, to
Peter, who seized and retained it. "Now, La Salle, follow me," he cried;
and springing upon a floating fragment, he balanced himself with his
pole until he reached a more stable support farther from the berg.

The impetus, however, carried him too far away, and La Salle had to
choose between committing himself to a fragment without rope or pole, to
be tossed about by the rising sea, or to wait until Regnar should reach
the floe, and return for him in the boat. He chose the latter, but soon
had the pleasure of seeing Regnar safely landed on the floe, from
whence, in almost less time than it takes to tell it, the three launched
their boat and paddled up to the place where La Salle awaited their
arrival, intently watching the performance of their improvised
life-boat.

He noted with pleasure that she drew little water, and that the light
paddles drove her through the short, toppling sea with considerable
speed, while her weather-boards prevented the shipping of any water.
Leaping aboard, they soon crossed the narrow lead, and running under the
lee of the ice-hills, drew their boat to the hut.

"If you have anything you want to be sure to keep, stow it in the boat,"
was La Salle's first order, as he saw the sea begin to dash across the
windward end of the floe, while, whining with fear, the young seals were
shoved and pushed, by the flippers of their dams, farther and farther up
on the higher ice, until, tamed by fear, they surrounded the little
hollow containing the hut.

Food, weapons, clothes, and ammunition were all deposited in the boat,
as well as her mast, sail, and paddles, while her painter, attached to
her sharp-pronged grapnel, lay coiled on her half-deck forward. All
that afternoon the wind and sea arose, until, amid the drenching rain,
they could hear around them the clamor of the terrified seals, the
continual crash of breaking ice, and the sough of the heavy sea, whose
spray drove over them in constantly increasing showers.

At last an occasional wave came into the lower part of the little
hollow, and all thought that the end was near.

"We must take to the boat," said Regnar.

But La Salle pointed to the ghostly crests of the surrounding seas; and
bowing his head upon his breast, Orloff signified to his friend that he
acknowledged the hopelessness of that resource. Just then a darker
blackness seemed to gather to windward, as a shriller blast whistled by
them; and as all awaited the increased fury of the elements which were
to end the unequal struggle, the wind seemed to abate, and the waves
sullenly retired from the surface of the floe. The rain still swept
fiercely upon the drenched wanderers, and on their lee they could still
note the crash of ice-islands, amid the sweep of the angry waves.

But above them, huge, unbending, and majestic, towered a lofty pile,
shrouded in darkness, through which at times gleamed the weird white
outline of some snow-encrusted ledge.

"Are we under the lee of Amherst Island?" asked Regnar, in a voice which
all could hear.

La Salle's answer came below his breath, and only Regnar heard, or could
comprehend its meaning:--

"The dead are the defence of the living, and we are under the lee of
Deadman's Berg."

Safe from the rage of the elements, but cold, wet, and hungry, the
adventurers sought the shelter of their hut, which still stood unhurt;
but the fir branches of the floor were soaked with water, for a wave or
two had risen above the ledge of the door. After much difficulty, with
the aid of a candle, the Esquimaux lamp was lighted, and after much
sputtering, the six wicks diffused their cheering light and grateful
warmth through the hut. Then Peter, with his axe, cut a gutter through
the doorway, letting off the standing water, and in the course of an
hour the boughs were comparatively dry.

Taking from the boats the dry skins and coverlets, the party lay down to
rest, leaving Peter to keep watch lest they should again drift from
their haven, and be exposed to the pitiless seas. All took their spell
of duty; but the cheerless night passed without further incident, and
the day found them still under the shadow of the great berg. As the day
advanced, the storm swept the pack northward, and the party, ascending
the berg, saw, one by one, the isolated crags of the island chain of the
Magdalens loom at times through the driving scud, as they drove
northward. Six or eight miles away they saw the masts of a vessel deep
in the heart of the floe.

"When the storm is over and the pack opens, we must take our boat and
reach that sealer," said La Salle; and taking the range of her position,
the four sought their hut, and building a huge fire of all their
remaining wood, prepared all the cooked meat which they could carry,
filled the seal-membranes with oil, and awaited the lull of the storm
and the opening of the pack.

At sunset the storm had broken, the clouds began to disappear, and
through their rifts the stars glimmered, and the new moon shone palely
beautiful.

"We shall not pass the North Cape much before morning," said La Salle,
"and until then the pack will not open. When it does we are ready; so
sleep, and I will watch."

His tired comrades flung themselves down, and were almost instantly
asleep. As the dawn approached the wind lessened, and as the day broke,
he called Regnar, and again ascended the berg.

On the right hand towered the rock-bound coast of the northern islands
and the isolated crags of Bryon. And as they looked northward they saw
the pack opening again: as it issued from under the lee, a black cloud
of smoke rose from the sealer's funnel, but instead of steering east or
west, she was evidently heading for the great berg.

"Shall we await them here, or take our boat and try to reach them,
Regnar?" asked La Salle.

"Wait a little longer, and then, when the ice opens, push a little more
to the eastward, and work down to meet the vessel," said the lad, who
proceeded to examine the dagger so strangely returned to his keeping.
The blade unscrewed at the cross-piece of the hilt, which was hollow,
and contained many papers closely compressed into a single roll. Regnar
ran his eye over the contents, and selecting one, returned the rest to
their odd receptacle. "This paper, Charley, contains an inventory of the
property confided to Perry, to be equally divided between my half-sister
and myself." And he proceeded to translate the items of the inventory.
"It is hardly worth while to give this paper in full; suffice it to say
that besides various pictures, books, arrows, weapons, sets of plate,
jewels, and other heirlooms, 'stored in care of Nicholas Orloff, my
mother's brother,' there appeared a schedule of moneys and bonds
amounting to nearly one hundred thousand dollars. 'These funds have been
committed,' the paper went on to say, 'to my faithful friend Albert
Perry, whom I commend to your good offices and implicit trust.'"

As he ceased reading, the boy's face was turned to the ice-cliff, where
the plashing water flowed in a huge sheet, like a falling veil, over the
face of the berg, shutting out from sight the twining pillars and narrow
entrance of the sealer's tomb.

"I have rendered him the last 'good office,'" said he. "It only remains
to seek yonder vessel, and find out who spoiled the spoiler, and, if
possible, recover the valuables and papers taken from Perry's body."

"There is the steamer heading this way," said La Salle, "and the leads
are fast opening. Let us descend to the floe, and by the time we have
breakfasted, we shall find ample room between the fields to let us pass
in safety."

Descending, they found their comrades already at breakfast, and by the
time the meal was disposed of, their floe lay surrounded by one of the
leads of open water, which showed scarce a vestige of the heavy seas of
the late gale. For the last time they packed their few valuables into
the boat, and stowing Carlo away under deck, took their allotted places,
dipped their paddles into the open water, and with rapid strokes
threaded the narrow channels, scaring the timid seals from their path,
and noting on every hand scenes of life and beauty, for amid the opening
pack the varied life of the Bird islands around them met their view.
Screaming gannets wheeled in clouds over their heads, and portly murres
started up heavily from the frequent pools, into which they broke with
flashing paddles, and laughter, such as they had never before indulged
in since their first misadventure.

[Illustration: "IN HIS HANDS LA SALLE WAVED THE BANNER."
Page 297.]

Guided by the pillar of black smoke, which, winding this way and that,
ever drew nearer and nearer, they came at last to an open pool, nearly
a quarter of a mile or more in length. On the opposite side, above a
small floe, they saw the prow of the advancing vessel. Evidently she had
met with a check, for as they gazed they heard the tinkle of the engine
bell, and saw her iron-sheathed bow recede behind the fantastic outlines
of the pinnacle.

"Will she leave us?" asked Waring, with trembling lips.

"They only back to run down that floe. See now."

The next moment Regnar's prediction was verified. A blacker cloud of
smoke, shot with sparks, poured from the funnel; the huge hull rapidly
advanced, her raking prow, with its iron armor, piercing the waves like
the blade of the sword-fish. There was a crash, a momentary glimpse of
falling ice and splitting walls, and the next moment the noble steamer
came at half speed across the open water, just as the little boat shot
out of the sheltering lead.

In his hands La Salle waved the banner attached to the boat-hook, which
had marked the deserted heaps of seal-skins. But it needed not: the
pilot rang his bell, and the sealer became motionless in the centre of
the pool. As they came alongside, a stout, full-bearded man, in a
Guernsey frock, threw them a rope, and hailed the strange little
craft:--

"What, do'ee want, friends, and where do'ee hail from?"

"We are sportsmen, carried off, by the ice, in the straits, eleven days
ago. We want food, and a passage home, for which we will pay."

"Well, if ivir I heerd of de like of dat! Come aboord, my men. De
captain's sick, but dere's plinty to ate here, and ye won't mind close
quarters, after your vige on de ice."

"No, indeed, sir!" said La Salle. "Tumble up, my men. Take your guns and
your coats with you. Here, Nep; up that ladder, sir. That's right. Can
you take our boat aboard?"

"Come right up, sur; dere's no fear of her. I'll have her aboord in tin
minutes. Here comes de mate. What's your name, sur? La Salle? Yis, sur!
Mister Blake, sur; Mister La Salle, sur."

"Happy to see you, Mr. La Salle. I've learnt enough about you to know
that you have been adrift nearly two weeks, and as dinner's ready we
must have you into the cabin. I am sorry that but one berth is vacant,
and your friends will have to take their chance in the forecastle."

"If you please, I had rather have you extend your courtesy to Mr. George
Waring, a son of Mr. Albert Waring, of C., who does a large business
with your St. John's fishing firms. He has been the only one of us who
has been sick, and--"

"There, Mr. Blake," interposed Waring, "don't listen to him; take him
with you. Why, I am as strong as an ox now, and you'll find him far
better company than I am."

Passing aft through gangways crowded with brawny, hardy-looking sealers,
La Salle followed his conductor to the cabin, where he found six or
eight men gathered around a table plentifully supplied with the usual
provisions found on board ships in the merchant service. After being
introduced to all present, who greeted him with a rude civility, Mr.
Blake invited him to "fall to and help himself."

It is needless to say that he required no pressing in this direction.
"Hard tack" and "salt horse," with potatoes, soft bread, and chicory
coffee sweetened with molasses, seemed food fit for the gods, after the
greasy meat-diet of the last eleven days; and his companions
considerately refrained from questioning him until his hunger was
satisfied. At last he drew back his chair, lit a cigar offered him by
one of the officers, and turning to the mate said, laughingly,--

"Fire away, gentlemen--I'm ready."

After narrating the principal events of their voyage so far as he deemed
prudent, he concluded as follows:--

"Two or three days ago we fell in with large sealing-floes, and among
them one where a sealer had killed several hundred seals. A boat-hook,
which you will find in our boat, bore this signal. Am I right in
supposing that this is the name of your vessel?" and so saying he drew
from his pocket the tiny pennon.

"It is ours, and we have been trying for a week to recover our skins, as
well as the body of Captain Randall, whom we lost eight days ago."

Not a muscle of La Salle's face betrayed any emotion save that of
interest, as he asked,--

"Lost your captain! And how, pray?"

At that moment a noise was heard in the inner cabin, as if several men
were struggling; all at once the door flew open, and, with difficulty
restrained by the utmost efforts of two powerful men, a pale, unshorn
face, surmounting a wild and scantily-dressed figure, appeared to the
party, none of whom started save La Salle, who almost fancied that the
dead man, sealed up in the caverns of the ice, had come back again to
his quarters on board the Mercedes. Crying out, "I couldn't save him! I
couldn't save him!" the intruder was dragged, struggling and raving,
back to his berth.

"Poor George! he takes the death of his brother sadly to heart. He was
mate, and the other day they left the floe together, to ascend a large
berg at some distance from our whaling-ground. We saw them on the top,
after which they disappeared, going to the opposite side by which they
had ascended. Shortly after we heard several rifle shots fired in quick
succession, and then George came running towards us, shouting that his
brother had fallen between the floes, and was drowning.

"We ran to the spot, and found a place between two floes where the ice
was much broken up, as if some one had tried to catch something with a
boat-hook; and Randall told us that his brother had fallen through and
been carried under the ice before he could get to him. We broke the ice
all around, but to no purpose; and then our lookouts discovered that we
were in danger of getting nipped on the other side of the Magdalens. So
we returned to the ship with George, sadly enough."

"Why were the rifle-shots fired? to call for assistance?" asked La
Salle.

"Yes. None of our men have the rifle, although many are supplied with
the old sealing-gun. We therefore agreed among the officers that three
shots, fired in rapid succession, should call assistance in case of
danger, or trouble with the men. Our rifles are all breech-loading
carbines, and we can fire with great rapidity."

"Do you find them of service among the seals?"

"Yes, especially with the 'old hoods;' and poor Captain Randall, who
spent some years in Europe, had his ammunition fitted so that the
bullets explode on striking a bone. They tear a terrible hole in a seal,
I assure you."

"Indeed! I never saw one of them, although it seems to me that I have
read of the invention. Have you any of the bullets here? for I suppose
the rifle was lost at the same time."

The sailing-master, or rather pilot, a short, thick-set Newfoundlander,
took up the conversation.

"Dere's de rifle now, hangin' over your head. De captain was ailin', an'
his brother, who fancied de little piece, carried it. Dere's one of de
cartridges in it yet."

So saying, he took down a short carbine of the Spencer pattern, and
unlocking the slide, took out a cartridge and handed it to La Salle. It
displayed at the end of the ball the copper capsule of a rifle-shell.

"Let us go on deck," said Blake, rising; but as they passed again
through the narrow passage, they heard the struggles of the delirious
captain, and his oft-repeated cry, "I couldn't save him! I couldn't save
him!"

[Illustration]




CHAPTER XXII.

THE FORECASTLE OF THE SEALER.--A SEALER'S STORY.--THE LAST
HUNT.--ARRIVAL AT ST. JOHN'S.


In the quarters of the men forward, between the lofty and wedge-like
bows, the rest of the party met with a warm reception; and although
grease was everywhere a prominent feature of the surroundings, still the
sense of comfort, warmth, and security, made it a paradise to men who
had passed so many days of discomfort and anxiety.

Huge kids of beef, potatoes, and bread, with hot pannikins of strong
black tea, formed their dinner, which most of the men preferred to eat
on deck; but the boatswain, or rather captain of the forecastle, with,
perhaps, a dozen others, seated themselves at the long hanging shelf
which formed the table, and listened intently to the story of their
varied wanderings and adventures.

As Regnar concluded, a grizzly-haired sealer from Kitty Vitty seized him
by the hand.


A SEALER'S STORY.

"Ye've ben lucky, sur; de Lord be praised for't, for dere's many a
better man nor you dat's died wid hunger an' cold on de ice. I mind once
myself dat I sailed out o' Conception in March, an' tree weeks after dat
we were up off Hamilton Inlet. Dere was a big fleet of us boys, for dat
was in de ould times when dere were no steamers, but only brigantines
mostly.

"Well, dere was ould Ned Shea in de Li'n, an' Jim Daygle in de Ringdove,
an' Bill 'Hearne in de Swiler's Bride, an ourselves in de Truelove, all
in company; an' dat night at dusk we made de Greenland ice. Well, de
wind was west-nor'-west, an' we put de studdin'-sils onto her, an' away
we went flamin' mad through der slob.

"Well, de ice giv us many a heavy thump dat night, but de ould Truelove
was well fastened, an' at daylight next mornin', we heard de watch cry,
'Swiles! Swiles! On deck, below dere!' You may be sure we wasn't long in
gettin' on deck wid our guns an' gaffs, an', sure enough, dere dey was,
ould an' young, _atin' de shaydn_ (sheathing) _off her_.

"Den we launched de boats an' took to de ice; an' when we landed, de
capten said, 'Trow your guns in de boats, an' at dem wid de gaff;' an'
such a massacree I never saw since. De first I killed was a 'harp;' an'
den I killed a 'hood' wid de first lick; an' den a 'jenny' an' tree
'white coats;' but I took my toe to dem, an' all of 'em in a bit of a
hollow not bigger den dis fo'c's'le, an' I sculped dem an' put dere
sculps on a pinnacle; an' so it was all day an' de next.

"But on de t'ird day we were hard at it a good way from de vessil, an' I
tought I saw some swiles under a hummock, an' I ran up swingin' my club;
but dey didn't stir, an' den I saw dat dey wasn't swiles. Dey was
Huskies, two of 'em, dead an' frozen stiff. Dere lines an' lances lay
beside 'em, an' knives of hoop-iron, wid bone hannles, were in dere
boots; but dere was no sign of anythin' to ate, an' dey looked wasted to
'natomies.

"I called de odders, an' de capten come up an' looked at dem a minute
sorrowful-like, an' den said, 'Poor fellows! dey've been carried off'n
de ice, an' starved till dey froze to death;' an' he tould us to bury
dem daycently, an' we closed dem up in a pinnacle.

"But it was lucky we was near loaded, for dat put a chill on our min',
an' de tought of dose dead Huskies lost us many a fine swile, for de
boys wouldn't scatter over de ice as dey used to.

"It wasn't long after dat de capten tould us dat we were full enough,
an' away we sailed to de sou'-east."

"Dat was de time de Li'n was lost--wasn't it?" inquired another
islesman.

"Yes; on de way down we had an awful gale, an' de Li'n put into de pack
an' got 'nipped,' so dat she went down; but her crew was all saved in de
boats. We put off to say, an' for two days an' nights I tought we should
never say land. Why, we lay to as long as we dared, an' until our deck
was full of water, an' de capten said we mus' do somethin' else, or we
should founder.

"I stood in de fore-riggin' an' watched de big says as dey come down
upon us; an' I'll tell you one thing you'll do well to remember.
Whenever a big wave come dat I knew would sink us, if it broke upon us,
_I made de sign of de holy cross, an' de wave broke before it reached
us_."

"I've done de same ting often myself, an' nivir knew it to fail," said
the younger man, who, it appeared, was the son of the veteran sealer.

"But how did you get clear finally?" asked Regnar.

"De ould capten dat was drownded de oder day was mate den. He was a wild
young chap, but smart an' able. He tould de capten to rig one of de
pumps, and pump some of de oily water out of de hold. So de brakes was
rigged, but he an' de capten had to man dem at first, for all de rest
were afeard, an' I was in de fore-riggin' watchin' de says.

"Well, dey pumped a while, an' de oil an' water went overboard, an' as
we went driftin' away to leeward, I saw de slick of de ile spreadin'
over de waves. We kept a couple of men at de pumps till night, an' dere
wasn't another say broke over us."

       *       *       *       *       *

"Swiles! Swiles! On deck, dere below!" cried some one on deck; and a
general rush up the steep ladder leading to the deck took place.

Following the others, our three friends soon found their companion, La
Salle, who had pressed through the crowded gangways to his party.

Again they lay below the Deadman's Berg, and around them were the floes,
crowded with living seals, as well as the one over which the ravenous
sea-birds fluttered, holding high carnival over the multitude of frozen
bodies. The crew, armed with guns and clubs, were lowering their light
boats, and the party dragging their own boat to the side, awaited the
lowering of a boat to use its falls for their own. Blake approached
them, and said, kindly,--

"I wouldn't land; you must be tired, and need rest. Just turn in, all of
you, in the cabin, for we shall be ashore all day."

"We would rather hunt with you, for we shall never probably have another
chance to see how a Newfoundland sealer kills his game. Only, if you
please, let us have some sheath-knives, and four of your clubs."

Merely saying, "We shall be very glad of your help, for we have to leave
two of our best men with the captain," Blake spoke to an under-officer,
who soon produced four sharp sheath-knives, and as many oaken clubs
about six feet long, ringed at the top with iron, and furnished with a
sharp hook, or gaff; and lowering their little craft, the four paddled
stoutly after the fleet of boats, whose wild crews tore the water into
foam with their oars, as each strove to reach the floes, and to "win the
first blood."

Sixty men, besides La Salle's party, swept across the pool, almost flung
their light boats upon the safe ice, and prevented from slipping by
their spiked crampets, charged at full speed upon the frightened seals,
who filled the air with their clamorous roars and whining. Crick, crack!
fell the heavy clubs on every side, and seldom was the stroke repeated;
but sometimes an "ould hood" would elevate his inflated helmet, and the
heavy club would fall upon it, producing a hollow sound, that boomed
high above the noise of the conflict. Then the officer in charge of that
gang would step up, present his carbine, and the brave seal, shot
through the brain, would fall back dead, as the report rattled among the
ice-peaks.

Having disposed of the adults, a regular butchery took place among the
young seals, who were easily despatched by a blow on the nose, or a kick
with the heavy heel of a sealer's boot on the spinal vertebrae. Then
followed the "sculping," or skinning, which was despatched with
marvellous rapidity. At its close the men, covered with blood and oil,
gathered to their boats, and leaving the floe crimsoned with gore, and
horrible with bloody and skinless carcasses, hastened to another field
to continue the work of death.

Such for two days were the scenes presented to the eyes of the
companions, who received many commendations for their assistance, but
who rejoiced beyond measure when the word was passed through the ship
that she was "full," and that they were to sail at once for St. John's.

[Illustration]

Once more the black funnel poured forth its cloud of smoke, and casting
off the lines which attached her to the surrounding ice, the Mercedes
pressed boldly into the pack, and soon our adventurers gazed for the
last time on the fading outlines of the Deadman's Berg.

Two days later, as the steamer rounded Cape Race, the captain, worn and
weak, but evidently in his right mind, appeared at the table. On being
introduced to La Salle, he seemed somewhat agitated, but soon assumed an
overbearing and despotic demeanor. To Mr. Blake he was particularly
insulting.

"I'll have you know, sir, that I am captain now; ay, and owner, too,
sir, for my poor brother left neither chick nor child in the world but
me. Damn me, sir! what right have you to invite everybody to my table
and cabin? ay, and put a stranger into my brother's very state-room?"

Blake looked confounded, and the other officers sat with bowed heads and
lowering brows at this insult to a man they all loved and respected; but
La Salle unconcernedly turned to the newly-fledged commander, and
said,--

"I regret, captain--really, I forget your name; but let that pass; but
when I came on board, I told this gentleman that I would sleep forward
with the men. I have not cared to speak about it before, but I can
assure you that I have the worst dreams in that state-room that I ever
had in my life. I shall try to recompense you for the passage of my
companions and myself when we arrive at St. John's;" and rising, he
bowed haughtily, and withdrew to the deck.

Ten minutes later he was joined by Blake.

"The captain has apologized to us, and begs that you will come to his
room, as he is too weak to leave the cabin."

La Salle attended the good-hearted sailor to the inner cabin, where a
mattress lay upon the table, and many appliances, among them a couple of
broad bandages of stout canvas, bore witness to the severity of the
captain's late illness. The sick man attempted to rise from his chair as
he entered, but was evidently very weak, and La Salle interposed,--

"Don't rise, captain, I beg of you. I see you are very weak, and perhaps
I was too ready to take offence. We should not always notice--"

"The disagreeable acts of a sick and almost heart-broken man,"
interposed Randall, with a smooth, deceitful softness of tone, that
instantly reawakened La Salle's antipathies. "I beg you, however," he
continued, "to excuse me, and to make yourself at home in your old
quarters. I should like to talk with you about your strange cruise, but
at St. John's we may have a better opportunity over a bottle of wine."

"I shall be glad to meet you with my friends as soon as I can see Smith
& Co., and get some notes changed, so that I can buy suitable clothes
for myself and friends;" and bowing, La Salle withdrew.

That night La Salle looked well to the fastenings of his door, lashing
the knob of the lock to a corner of his berth, where a knot had dropped
out of the deal. Several times he felt the thin partition tremble, and
heard the noise of some one tampering with the lock; but at last morning
came, and three hours later the steamer lay at anchor off the city of
St. John's.

The party had funds enough to secure a change of apparel and respectable
quarters, until they should hear from Waring's father, to whom he had
telegraphed their safe arrival, and want of money. A telegram to the
wife of the new captain of the Mercedes, conveyed to Baltimore the news
of the death of her brother-in-law.

Of course the party received much attention, and for a few days they
were the lions of the city, although tales of adventure on the ice are
of too frequent occurrence in St. John's, to awaken any lasting
interest; for scarcely a winter elapses without the arrival of one or
more crews who have seen their vessel disappear beneath the resistless
pressure of colliding icebergs.




CHAPTER XXIII.

THE CAPTAIN'S VISIT.--HOMEWARD BOUND.--BROTHER AND SISTER.


At last the expected draft arrived, and the party were to leave for
Halifax the next day in the Cunard steamer. La Salle had invited Captain
Randall to spend the evening in a private parlor of the hotel, and at
eight o'clock he was ushered in, and found no other guest save his first
mate, Mr. Blake, who was still first officer of the Mercedes.

The table was well spread with delicacies, and although some constraint
existed, the wine did its work, and soon Blake and Randall were laughing
and joking, as if no cause for ill-feeling existed between them. At
Randall's request La Salle gave a summary of their adventures,
concluding the recital as follows:--

"Thus passed the long days of our anxious drift, until your vessel
steamed back to her old sealing-ground, and we left forever behind us
our ice-built hut and the Deadman's Berg."

The effect was magical. The smiles faded from the faces of the guests.
Randall's lips were drawn and thin, his eyes fixed and glittering, and
one hand stole stealthily to his hip. Regnar, too, was pale, but not
with fear, and his hand grasped the hilt of the antique dagger.

"Let me help you to some of this, captain," said La Salle; and rising,
he uncovered a small dish before him, and taking from thence a pair of
Derringers, presented them at the head of his astounded guest. "Up with
your hands, murderer," he said, sternly, "or you die on the instant!" At
the same time Blake and Regnar seized him by the arms.

"What is the meaning of all this?" asked Waring, trembling and appalled.

"Dis no good, La Salle. No Injin hurt man in his wigwam, or strike when
he give 'em food," shouted Peter, angry at what he considered a breach
of hospitality; but both were unheeded.

"Why am I treated thus?" faltered the prisoner, whose trembling knees
could scarcely support him.

"Captain Randall, I have here a man with whom you have an account to
settle. He has been known among us as Regnar Orloff. His real name is
Regnar Orloff Hubel. Where is the money and other valuables which your
brother, Albert Randall, stole from two orphans, and was murdered for by
you, that you in turn might become the thief?"

"Mr. Blake here knows the story, for we have told him how we found the
corpse of his commander, with the skull pierced with one of your
murderous shells. We buried him in the berg; if you doubt it, behold the
tokens."

Regnar raised his hand: on one finger glittered the golden setting of
the native talisman; on the table he laid the sheathed dagger.

"Are you satisfied, George Randall?" said he.

The wretch glared around as if he would have destroyed all who
surrounded him; then he seemed to realize the futility of his rage, and
catching his breath with a fierce sob, he asked, hoarsely,--

"What will you have me do?"

Regnar stepped forward, and answered for himself.

"Give up the secret money-belt which you took from the person of your
victim, with its contents untouched, and secure to me compensation for
the sums taken by your brother. Your life I do not want, but if you
hesitate I will have both."

"What security have I for your silence?" asked Randall, more boldly; for
even his craven fears were unable to repress his naturally cold and
grasping disposition.

"Only our oaths, and the remembrance that my half-sister has slept
beneath your roof, and has borne your name, although it shall no longer
be a reproach to her."

"It is hers no longer. She married last week, after losing her first
beau somewhere at sea: but never mind; I must take your offer and your
word, I suppose. Let go of my arms. You may take my pistols from my hip,
if you are afraid of me." With these words he proceeded to unfasten his
vest, and from beneath it drew a water-proof bag of thin rubber, which
was tightly fastened with twine, and enclosed in a money-belt of
chamois-skins. "It is all there but ten thousand dollars, and that he
had a right to take," said he.

"What do you mean?" asked Regnar, with a softened look and glistening
eyes.

"Open and read for yourself," said Randall, moodily.

Unfastening the belt, Hubel untied the inner bag, and poured the
contents upon the table. A roll of bank bills fell upon it. There were
within twenty bills of the denomination of one thousand pounds each, on
the Bank of England, and a folded paper, which, on being opened, proved
to be a copy of the last will and testament of Paul Hubel. By its
provisions a sum amounting to about ten thousand dollars was given "to
my old and tried friend, Albert Perry."

"Al, put that ten thousand into this vessel last year, and I persuaded
him to put thirty thousand of your money in, too. We made money last
spring, and I kept trying to get him to buy all of her. He took a
dislike to your sister, and said he would hold on to the money until he
found you. Last summer he secured a passage on a vessel bound to the
Labrador, and only that he got sick, I believe he would have seen you
then.

"This last winter we had several quarrels about the money, but I never
meant to injure him until the day it happened. We were having splendid
luck, when he proposed that we should climb the berg, as he feared being
caught between the pack and the islands. We had to ascend on the
opposite side, and when we got to the top, we saw the storm brewing to
windward, and started to return.

"As we came along the ice-foot, I said, 'You're making money this trip
fast. Isn't that better than giving up everything to that sullen girl
and a half-breed boy?' Then he seemed sad, and said, 'George, you've
made a rascal of me; but, thank God, I've made up my mind to be true to
my old comrade at last.'

"'What do you mean?' said I.

"'I mean,' said he, turning to me, 'that I've sold out the shares I
bought with that thirty thousand, and I've got their money safe here in
this belt.'

"'But you don't mean to be such a fool as to give it up--do you?' said
I; for I was angry to think that, instead of the four shares I had
counted on all along, we should have but one in the division of the
profits.

"And then I taunted him with a fatal quarrel long ago, and he--well, he
taunted me with a crime that I thought no one knew. Says he,--

"'I'm not afraid of you. If the rope is ready for my neck, you could
scarcely live out the time, between the sentence and the gallows, if the
people of San Francisco once listened to your trial.'

"So one word brought on another, and at last he shook his gaff at me,
and made one step; and my blood was on fire, and I fired the carbine. He
never spoke.

"I don't believe I ever should have enjoyed the money, although at times
I felt as if I could hug myself when I counted it over; and I laid out
to go back to Baltimore, and go into business there. What am I to do
with the share in the vessel, and his money in the bank?" he asked,
suddenly.

Regnar rose, with his eyes red with weeping; but a sad smile wreathed
his lips, as he asked,--

"He was your only brother, and unmarried--was he not?"

Randall answered, hoarsely,--

"It is true, God help me! it is true."

"To all that is his, then, you are sole heir. I lay no claim to interest
or forfeit, and I wish that thrice the sum would restore him to life,
since even at the last he was not wholly unworthy of my father's
confidence and his children's love. Come," said he, turning to those
present, and taking from his breast a Bible, "repeat after me the oath
of silence and secrecy:--

"'We, who alone know of the circumstances attending the decease of
Captain Albert Randall, and the suspicions attaching to the part acted
therein by his brother George Randall, do solemnly swear that, except
under the seal of confession, or as compelled by the power of the law,
we will never divulge our knowledge or suspicions until after the
decease of the brother of the dead.'"

The oath was taken with due solemnity, and Randall rose to depart.
Blake, filled with anger and desire of vengeance, had preceded him. La
Salle coldly did as common politeness required, but Regnar saw that
sickness and mental torture had overcome the strong man, whose knees
trembled beneath him, as, with the curse of Cain upon him, he turned to
depart, without friends, far from home, and weary of life.

"It is not right, La Salle," said the boy. "I was unjust to _him_
although it is better for all that no eyes but our own saw him laid in
the Deadman's Berg. Let us give this man human sympathy; he is weak and
sick; let us see that he does not despair of the mercy and love of God."

La Salle could not but acknowledge the righteousness of this appeal,
and, followed by Regnar, hastened into the hall.

"Captain," said he, "forgive us if we have failed to treat you with
Christian forbearance, and believe that our hearts will retain your
memory, with sympathy for your heavy burden of remorse, if not with the
esteem that might have existed between us. The night is dark and cold;
let us help you to find a conveyance."

"I thank you," said he, feebly; "you are very kind--far kinder than I
deserve. No man can measure the remorse that burns within me, and yet
the world would say that you have let me off too easily."

La Salle rang the bell sharply, and a waiter hastened up from the lower
landing.

"Did you ring, sir?"

"Yes. Call a cab at once. Regnar, get my coat and yours. Mr. Randall, we
must see you safely home. Where do you board?"

"At the Albion; but you need not take that trouble. Ah, sir, I know your
fears; but my head is clear, and you need not be afraid that I shall do
anything rash. I shall not despair of the pardon of God, since I have
found some merciful pity in man."

The carriage was announced; the tall form was again erect, and the
voice, though husky with emotion, came strangely sweet and clear, as he
turned to go.

"I would that we might be friends, but I know it cannot be. My blessing
men would shrink from, if they knew what you do; but may God bless you
for your kindness to me." And standing motionless in the dusky passage,
they heard the footsteps die away in the empty corridors, and the rattle
of the wheels of the vehicle which bore him away forever.

The next day they took the steamer for Halifax, and arriving there, the
party separated, Peter and Waring going to St. Jean, and La Salle to the
home of his father in Baltimore, where Regnar also was bound, in search
of his half-sister. The parting was not pleasant, for the mutual trials
and dangers of the few days spent amid the ice had done more to cement a
strong and lasting friendship between the four, than years of ordinary
companionship would have done.

"Look out, Peter, when you get on board the Princess, for Lund has
secured such a story to tell, that he may pitch you two overboard to
keep you from spoiling it by your return."

"All light," answered Peter; "Capten Lund good man; see spirit, too,
sure enough. He see two men; he look 'gain, no men dere. He see you an'
me on _h_ice. Snow fall t'ick, an' he see us no more. What hurt we come
back? Much better we come back for all han's; you come back soon, I
s'pose, too."

"Yes, Peter," answered La Salle, kindly, "we shall come back soon, and I
hope next fall to be spending the moonlight nights with you on
Shepherd's Creek, and the duck-haunted reed-ponds of Battery Marsh. Good
by;" and going on board, the two friends went rather disconsolately to
their state-room.

Regnar still seemed ill at ease, as if he wanted to inquire about
something; and at last he said, abruptly,--

"Charley, what shall I say to my sister?"

"Say to her, Regnie? Why, that you are delighted to see her, of course.
You may add that you come to make her wealthy; that is not likely to
hurt your reception," said La Salle, philosophically.

"Yes, of course I know that; but--but about you, Charley. You know what
Randall said about--about her--"

"About her being married, do you mean? Why, my dear boy, say nothing. I
am resigned, and, I may say, almost glad that it is so. Neither was it
altogether an unexpected announcement, for I felt long ago that my first
impressions upon her susceptible heart had faded with lapse of time and
a low state of the exchequer. No, no, boy! be kind and loving to her,
for she has not your firmness of soul or depth of affection. I carry you
to her as my marriage gift. Is it agreed?"

"It is, Charley; and you will not let the caprice of a girl separate me
from my friend--will you, La Salle?"

"Regnie," answered the other, not without a touch of tenderness in his
tone, "the bonds which connect us are not the ties of passion, or the
calm preferences of the selfish world. We met amid a gathering of savage
and half-civilized men, and our acquaintance has ripened into friendship
amid many dangers and strange experiences. A doubtful and dangerous
quest still lies before you. I hope that you will not undertake it
without me to accompany you."

"You, of all men, are the one I should choose, and we will set out this
very summer to carry out my father's wishes;" and during the rest of
their journey little was talked of but their future expedition into the
interior of Newfoundland.

At Baltimore La Salle and his friend went to the home of the former, and
were received as men from the dead. Of course the papers were full of
sketches of their strange adventure, and wood-cuts of icebergs and seals
covered the paper-stands for a week; and then a horrible murder, and a
delicious bit of scandal in high life, closed the brief notoriety of the
friends.

Two visits were paid during the first week of their return. Both called
on the day of their arrival at Mrs. Randall's, and La Salle sent up his
card. After waiting a while, that lady, who was not without misgivings
as to what might be said about her matchmaking proclivities, sailed into
the room very richly dressed, and rather red in the face.

"I am happy to see you, Mr. La Salle, and to know that you were not
really lost, after all. Do you make a long stay in the city?"

"Don't waste unnecessary effort to appear cool and freezingly polite,
Mrs. Randall," said La Salle, calmly. "I am here on a matter of
business. I want Pauline's present address, as it is highly important
that I should see her at once."

"Dear Pauline resides at No.--Crescent Avenue, and is now, as you are,
of course, aware, the wife of Mr. Reginald Ashley, who is, as you know,
closely connected with some of our first families."

"Yes, I know he is first cousin to Green, the rich broker, who sometimes
invites him to dinners and parties, and makes it twice as hard for poor
Ashley to make his small salary at the custom-house pay his way."

"Well, I dare say Pauline has done as well, and even better than she
might have done, had not the poor girl had some one to advise her, who
knew the world and--"

"Threw away an heiress worth fifty thousand dollars on a clerk with
eighteen hundred dollars a year," interrupted La Salle, with a smile. "I
beg leave, Mrs. Randall, to introduce to you Regnar Hubel, her
half-brother, who comes to return to her her moiety of the fortune left
by her father. I did not come here," continued he, more gravely, "to
bandy bitter words, for you will ere long hear news from Newfoundland,
which, I hope, will teach you that hidden sin is never safe from
discovery, and that all injustice meets with its meed of punishment.
Adieu, madam."

Later in the day they called at the hotel, where the young couple were
passing the honeymoon. Slipping a _douceur_ into the hands of the
waiter, he introduced them into the suite without the usual presentation
of visiting cards. As the young bride swept into the boudoir in her
reception dress, La Salle stepped forward; for he knew that she had
already heard of his arrival.

"Charley--Mr. La Salle! Why--that is, how do you do? I was glad to
hear--"

La Salle interrupted the fair speaker, for the awkwardness and pain of
the interview were but too apparent.

"I did not come, Mrs. Ashley, to give you pain, or annoy you by my
presence. I come to fulfill a prophecy."

"To fulfill a prophecy? You speak in riddles, and I have never delighted
much in anything of that kind since I was a child."

"I may say, then, that I come to offer my congratulations, and to bring
you my bridal gift."

"A gift? and from you? Surely you do not mean to offer, and I cannot
accept it."

Regnar arose, and addressing the agitated girl, ended the painful
interview.

"You were the daughter of Paul Hubel, of Schleswig--were you not?"

"Yes, sir. I was adopted by the brother of Mr. Randall, who was the
friend of my father."

"Then, I assure you that my friend speaks truth. He has fulfilled a
prediction, and gives you a fortune, and the brother who shares it with
you."

The next few moments were spent in mutual explanations, and the young
girl, deprived of a mother's love in early life, sent away to learn
life's duties of strangers, and yearning during all her brief existence
for the affection she had never known, received the brother she had
never seen with an outburst of welcome which revealed what she might
have been, had her life been spent under happier auspices.

At last La Salle interrupted their mutual joy.

"I have finished my task, and the prophecy of Krasippe is accomplished."

"Yes," said Regnar, "last summer I met with an old Esquimaux who served
our father well for many years, and who now claims some power of insight
into the future. He heard the story of my futile efforts to find you,
but uttered this prophecy which we to-day accomplish. He said, 'You will
meet in a desert of ice the man who will lead you to your heart's
dearest wish. He will lose, and you will gain.'"

"And yet, Regnie, although the coincidence of events may bring me within
the purview of the Esquimaux oracle, I have a misgiving that we have,
perhaps, overlooked the claims of one whom we met but once in a desert
of ice, and who still voyages, in silence unbroken, ADRIFT IN THE
ICE-FIELDS."





End of Project Gutenberg's Adrift in the Ice-Fields, by Charles W. Hall

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ADRIFT IN THE ICE-FIELDS ***

***** This file should be named 21607.txt or 21607.zip *****
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/6/0/21607/

Produced by David Clarke, Marcia Brooks and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
file was produced from images generously made available
by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)


Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.



*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://gutenberg.org/license).


Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works

1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.

1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.

1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
     License.  You must require such a user to return or
     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
     of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.

1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.


Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.


Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information:
     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
     Chief Executive and Director
     gbnewby@pglaf.org


Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate


Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.


Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.


Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

     http://www.gutenberg.org

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.